HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS INC
SB-2/A, 1997-09-17
PERSONAL SERVICES
Previous: SPECTRUMEDIX CORP, 424B1, 1997-09-17
Next: EXCEL INC, S-1, 1997-09-17




   
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON SEPTEMBER 17, 1997
    

                                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO. 333-28233

================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.c. 20549

                                   ----------

   
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
    
                                       TO
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      Under
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

                                   ----------

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
        (Exact name of Small Business issuer as specified in its charter)

                                   ----------

    Delaware                          7299                      43-1771999
 (State or other               (Primary standard              (I.R.S. employer
 jurisdiction of           industrial classification           identification
  incorporation)                  code number)                     number)

                                   ----------

                           11904 Blue Ridge Boulevard
                            Grandview, Missouri 64030
                                 (816) 763-4900
          (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices
                        and principal place of business)

                                   ----------

                                  NEAL J. POLAN
                              Chairman of the Board
                           And Chief Executive Officer
                     1325 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 1200
                            New York, New York 10019
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                   ----------

                                   Copies to:

        MARC S. GOLDFARB, ESQ.                     BARRY A. BROOKS, ESQ.
 Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher Llp      Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker Llp
          380 Madison Avenue                    399 Park Avenue, 31St Floor
       New York, New York  10017                 New York, New York  10022
            (212) 687-7000                            (212) 318-6000

                                   ----------

     APPROXIMATE  DATE OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as  practicable
after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, please check the following box. /x/

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same
offering. / /

     If the delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule
434, please check the following box. /x/

       
                                   ----------

     The Registrant  hereby amends this  Registration  Statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall
file a further  amendment  which  specifically  states  that  this  Registration
Statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  Registration  Statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

================================================================================

<PAGE>

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 17, 1997
    

PROSPECTUS

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

                                 1,760,000 Units
             Consisting of 1,760,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock
                    and 1,760,000 Redeemable Class A Warrants

     Each unit  ("Unit")  offered by  HealthCore  Medical  Solutions,  Inc. (the
"Company") consists of one share of class A common stock, $.01 par value ("Class
A Common  Stock") and one  redeemable  class A warrant  ("Class A  Warrants"  or
"Warrants").  The  components  of the  Units  will  be  separately  transferable
immediately upon issuance.  Each Class A Warrant entitles the holder to purchase
one share of Class A Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $6.50,  subject  to
adjustment,  at any  time  through  the  fifth  anniversary  of the date of this
Prospectus.  Commencing one year from the date hereof,  the Class A Warrants are
subject to redemption  by the Company at a redemption  price of $.05 per Warrant
on 30 days' written notice, provided the closing bid price of the Class A Common
Stock averages in excess of $9.10 per share for any 30 consecutive  trading days
ending  within  15  days  of the  notice  of  redemption.  See  "Description  of
Securities."

   
     As of the date hereof,  216,000  shares of Class B Common  Stock,  $.01 par
value  ("Class B Common  Stock"),  of the Company are  outstanding.  The Class A
Common  Stock and the  Class B Common  Stock are  substantially  identical  on a
share-for-share basis, except that the holders of Class B Common Stock have five
votes per share on each matter  considered  by  stockholders  and the holders of
Class A  Common  Stock  have one vote per  share on each  matter  considered  by
stockholders,  and except that the holders of each class will vote as a separate
class  with  respect  to any  matter  requiring  class  voting  by  the  General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

     Prior to this  offering (the  "Offering"),  there has been no public market
for the  Units,  Class A Common  Stock or Class A  Warrants  and there can be no
assurance that such a market will develop. The Company has applied for quotation
of the Units,  Class A Common Stock and Class A Warrants on The Nasdaq  SmallCap
Market ("Nasdaq") under the symbols HMSIU, HMSI and HMSIW,  respectively.  It is
anticipated  that the initial public  offering price will be $5.00 per Unit. See
"Underwriting" for a discussion of factors considered in determining the initial
public  offering  price.  FOR  INFORMATION  CONCERNING A SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION INVESTIGATION RELATING TO THE REPRESENTATIVE,  SEE "RISK FACTORS" AND
"UNDERWRITING."
    
                                   ----------

    THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AND IMMEDIATE
  SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION. SEE "RISK FACTORS" COMMENCING ON PAGE 7 AND "DILUTION."

                                   ----------

  THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
       EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

================================================================================
                                            Underwriting Discoun     Proceeds to
                      Price To Public       and Commissions (1)      Company (2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Unit.............         $                $                      $
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total (3)...........     $                 $                       $
================================================================================

   
(1)  Does not include  additional  compensation  to be  received  by D.H.  Blair
     Investment Banking Corp., the representative (the  "Representative") of the
     several   underwriters  (the   "Underwriters"),   in  the  form  of  (i)  a
     non-accountable  expense allowance of $______, or $______ per Unit ($______
     if the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is exercised in full) and (ii)
     an option,  exercisable  over a period of two years  commencing three years
     from  the date of this  Prospectus,  to  purchase  up to  176,000  Units at
     $______ per Unit (the "Unit Purchase Option").  The Company has also agreed
     to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain  liabilities  under  the
     Securities Act of 1933. See "Underwriting."

(2)  Before  deducting  estimated  expenses of $______  payable by the  Company,
     including the Representative's non-accountable expense allowance.

(3)  The Company has granted to the  Underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up
     to 264,000  additional  Units on the same terms and conditions as set forth
     above, solely to cover over-allotments, if any, subject to the right of the
     Representative  to elect, in its sole  discretion,  to exercise such option
     individually, and not as representative of the several Underwriters. If the
     over-allotment  option is  exercised  in full,  the total  Price to Public,
     Underwriting  Discounts  and  Commissions  and  Proceeds to Company will be
     $______, $______ and $______, respectively. See "Underwriting."
    

                                   ----------

   
     The  Units  are  being  offered  on  a  "firm   commitment"  basis  by  the
Underwriters  when,  as and if delivered  to and  accepted by the  Underwriters,
subject  to their  right to  reject  orders in whole or in part and  subject  to
certain other  conditions.  It is expected that the delivery of the certificates
representing the Units will be made against payment at the offices of D.H. Blair
Investment  Banking  Corp.,  44 Wall  Street,  New  York,  New  York on or about
___________, 1997.
    

                       D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT BANKING CORP.

                 The date of this Prospectus is __________, 1997
<PAGE>

      [The following paragraph describes a graphic in the printed material]

The artwork is a collage of  pictures  depicting  (i) health care  professionals
performing services on patients, (ii) an individual ordering a prescription over
the telephone and (iii) a picture of the Company's  HealthCare  Solutions  Card.
The artwork also  contains the following  caption:  "HealthCare  Solutions  Card
holders simply present the card to any of our network of thousands of healthcare
professionals around the country to receive savings on the spot on many products
and services."

     The  Company  intends to furnish  its  stockholders  and holders of Class A
Warrants with annual  reports  containing  financial  statements  audited by its
independent auditors.

                                   ----------

   
     CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT THE MARKET  PRICE OF THE UNITS,
CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND/OR THE CLASS A WARRANTS.  SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY INCLUDE
THE PURCHASE OF UNITS,  CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND CLASS A WARRANTS  FOLLOWING THE
PRICING OF THE OFFERING TO COVER A SYNDICATE  SHORT  POSITION IN THE UNITS,  THE
CLASS A COMMON STOCK AND THE CLASS A WARRANTS OR FOR THE PURPOSE OF  MAINTAINING
THE PRICE OF THE UNITS,  THE CLASS A COMMON  STOCK AND THE CLASS A WARRANTS  AND
THE  IMPOSITION OF PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR A DESCRIPTION  OF THESE  ACTIVITIES,  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."
    
                                      
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   
     The  following  summary is qualified  in its entirety by reference  to, and
should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed  information and financial
statements (including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.
Except as otherwise  noted,  all information in this Prospectus (a) gives effect
to (i) the  incorporation  of the  Company  in  Delaware  and the  merger of the
Company's  predecessor  entity, a Missouri limited liability  company,  into the
Company  in  February  1997;  and (ii) the  conversion,  on the  closing  of the
Offering,  of certain  outstanding  warrants  issued by the Company in a private
placement  completed in February and March 1997 (the  "Bridge  Financing")  into
Class A  Warrants  (the  "Bridge  Warrants")  identical  to the Class A Warrants
offered  hereby;   and  (b)  assumes  no  exercise  of  (i)  the   Underwriter's
over-allotment  option;  (ii) the Class A Warrants;  (iii) the Bridge  Warrants;
(iv) the Unit Purchase Option;  (v) options granted or available for grant under
the  Company's  1997 Stock Option Plan;  and (vi)  outstanding  warrants for the
purchase of Class A Common Stock.  See  "Capitalization,"  "Management  -- Stock
Options,"  "Certain  Transactions"  and "Description of Securities."
    

                                   The Company

   
     The Company is a development stage enterprise organized to develop,  market
and  administer  a health care  benefit  services  program  which is designed to
enable  participants  ("Members") to obtain  discounts on purchases of ancillary
health care products and services  through certain  networks (the "Networks") of
health care  providers  (the  "Providers").  The Networks with which the Company
currently  maintains  contracts  comprise an aggregate of  approximately  44,000
participating Providers of eye care, dental, hearing,  pharmacy and chiropractic
benefits  throughout the United  States,  and Members will be able to access the
Networks  through  the  use  of a  discount  membership  card  (the  "HealthCare
Solutions  Card").  The  HealthCare  Solutions  Card is expected to be marketed,
directly  and  through  independent  brokers,   agents  and  consumer  marketing
organizations, to individuals and to employers, health maintenance organizations
("HMOs") and business and other associations (collectively,  "Sponsors") who may
either  purchase  the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card  for,  or offer it to,  their
employees or members.
    

     The Company  believes  that the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card  addresses two
significant concerns in the healthcare industry: cost containment and the rising
number  of  people  who  are   underinsured.   In  recent  years,  the  cost  of
health-related  products  and services  has  increased  at a rate  significantly
greater than the general rate of inflation.  Such  increasing  costs have led to
limitations  on  reimbursement  from  insurance  companies,  HMOs and government
sources and have generated demand for products and services  designed to control
health care costs.  Many  employers  have  responded  to the  increased  cost of
providing  insurance  to their  employees by reducing or  eliminating  available
insurance coverage and by requiring employees to contribute heavily to premiums,
especially  for family  members.  As a result,  the  Employee  Benefit  Research
Institute  estimates  that in  1995,  approximately  40  million  Americans,  or
approximately  17%  of the  population  under  the  age  of  65,  had no  health
insurance,  and  most  Americans  lacked  insurance  coverage  for  one or  more
ancillary health care services.  In addition,  based upon a 1995 Blue Cross Blue
Shield  Survey,  it is estimated  that in 1995,  approximately  $140 billion was
spent on  ancillary  health  care  services,  including  eye care,  dental,  and
pharmaceutical  services, and that only approximately $50 billion of such amount
was  reimbursed  by a third  party.  Moreover,  as a result of the  "baby  boom"
generation,  the group of persons  over the age of 50 is  currently  the fastest
growing  segment of the United  States  population.  As the  population  ages, a
greater  percentage of the total  population  is likely to need vision,  dental,
pharmaceutical,  chiropractic  and hearing care products and  services,  many of
which are not covered by Medicare.

     The Company  believes  that the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card will provide a
low-cost,  non-insurance  alternative to  individuals  who are seeking to reduce
their out-of-pocket health care costs not covered by insurance or who are unable
to obtain health care insurance due to their medical history, age or occupation.
For an annual fee expected to range from  approximately $60 to $80, Members will
be able to obtain  discounts of 5% to 60% off the retail or usual and  customary
prices from  participating  Providers.  Acceptance in the  Company's  program is
unrestricted,  and the HealthCare Solutions Card can be used to cover any member
of the  cardholder's  immediate  family.  The  Company's  revenues are initially
expected  to be  derived  principally  from the  receipt  of annual  or  monthly
enrollment  fees  paid by or on  behalf  of  Members  for the  right  to  obtain
discounts at the point of purchase from Providers in the Networks.

     The Company's  strategy is to focus  principally on (i) expanding the range
of  ancillary  and other  health  care  services  and  products  included in the
Networks, (ii) expanding the Networks to include additional Providers throughout
the  United  States,   (iii)   expanding  the  Company's   sales  and  marketing
capabilities  and (iv) the  possible  development  of a physician  and  hospital
network.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                        3
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Since  its  inception,  the  Company's  activities  have  consisted  of (i)
designing and developing a network  administration  and management  system which
the Company  believes will  facilitate  data processing and enhance its customer
service  capabilities (the "Network  Administration  System"),  (ii) negotiating
contracts  with Networks of  Providers,  (iii)  organizing an initial  marketing
force to market  the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card and (iv) test  marketing.  The
Company has only recently begun to market the  HealthCare  Solutions Card and is
currently  focusing  its initial  marketing  efforts in the states of  Illinois,
Indiana,  Missouri  and Texas.  To date,  only minimal  sales of the  HealthCare
Solutions  Card have taken place and there can be no assurance  that the Company
will  successfully  maintain or expand the Networks and/or market the HealthCare
Solutions  Card.  There can also be no  assurance  that sales of the  HealthCare
Solutions Card will ever result in the Company achieving profitable operations.

     The Company was established in October 1995 as MegaVision  L.C., a Missouri
limited liability company  ("MegaVision").  In February 1997,  MegaVision merged
into HealthCore  Medical  Solutions,  Inc.  Except as otherwise  required by the
context, all references to the Company and its operations include MegaVision and
its operations.  The Company's executive offices are located at 11904 Blue Ridge
Boulevard,  Grandview,  Missouri  64030,  and  its  telephone  number  is  (816)
763-4900.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       4
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  The Offering

Securities Offered.............   1,760,000  Units, each Unit  consisting of on 
                                     share of Class A Common Stock and one Class
                                     A Warrant.  Each  Class A Warrant  entitles
                                     the holder to purchase one share of Class A
                                     Common Stock at an exercise price of $6.50,
                                     subject to adjustment,  at any time through
                                     the fifth  anniversary  of the date of this
                                     Prospectus.   The  Class  A  Warrants   are
                                     subject    to    redemption    in   certain
                                     circumstances.    See    "Description    of
                                     Securities."

   
Common Stock Outstanding
  Before Offering (1):
      Class A Common Stock.....        984,000 shares (2)(3)
      Class B Common Stock.....        216,000 shares (3)
                                     ---------
    
              Total............      1,200,000 shares (2)(3)
                                     =========
Common Stock Outstanding
  After Offering (1):
   
      Class A Common Stock.....      2,744,000 shares (2)(3)(4)
      Class B Common Stock.....        216,000 shares (3)
                                     ---------
    
              Total............      2,960,000 shares (2)(3)(4)
                                     =========

Use of Proceeds . .............   To repay $2,300,000 principal  amount  of  10%
                                     subordinated  notes  (the  "Bridge  Notes")
                                     issued  in  the  Bridge   Financing,   plus
                                     accrued interest thereon; for marketing and
                                     sales,  acquisition  of computer  equipment
                                     and  for  working  capital.   See  "Use  of
                                     Proceeds." Proposed Nasdaq Symbols (5)

      Units....................   HMSIU
      Class A Common Stock.....   HMSI
      Class A Warrants.........   HMSIW

Risk Factors...................   The Offering involves a high  degree  of  risk
                                     and  immediate  substantial  dilution.  See
                                     "Risk Factors" and "Dilution."

- ---------

(1)  For a  description  of the Class A Common  Stock  and Class B Common  Stock
     (collectively,  the "Common  Stock"),  see  "Description  of  Securities --
     Common Stock."

   
(2)  Excludes  (i) an  aggregate  of  1,150,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock
     reserved for issuance  upon exercise of the Bridge  Warrants;  (ii) 284,000
     shares of Class A Common  Stock  reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise of
     outstanding  warrants,  142,000  of which  are  exercisable  only  upon the
     attainment by the Company of certain  earnings or market price  thresholds;
     and (iii)  200,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock  reserved  for issuance
     under the Company's 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), under which, as of
     the date of this  Prospectus,  options to purchase 57,500 shares of Class A
     Common  Stock are  outstanding  at an  exercise  price of $5.00.  See "Risk
     Factors -- Charges and Potential Charges to Earnings," "Management -- Stock
     Options" and "Certain Transactions."
    

(3)  Includes  900,000  shares of Common Stock (the "Escrow  Shares") which have
     been deposited into escrow by the holders thereof on a pro rata basis.  The
     Escrow Shares are subject to  cancellation  and will be  contributed to the
     capital of the  Company if the  Company  does not attain  certain  earnings
     levels or the market price of the  Company's  Class A Common Stock does not
     achieve  certain  levels  during the next three years.  If such earnings or
     market price levels are met, the Company will record a substantial non-cash
     charge to earnings,  for  financial  reporting  purposes,  as  compensation
     expense  relating  to the value of the Escrow  Shares  released  to Company
     officers and employees.  See "Risk Factors -- Charges and Potential Charges
     to Earnings," "Capitalization" and "Principal Stockholders."

   
(4)  Excludes  (i) up to 528,000  shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable  upon
     exercise  of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  (and the  Warrants
     included  therein);  (ii) 1,760,000 shares of Class A Common Stock issuable
     upon  exercise of the Class A Warrants  which are  components  of the Units
     offered hereby;  and (iii) an aggregate of 352,000 shares of Class A Common
     Stock  issuable upon  exercise of the Unit Purchase  Option and the Class A
     Warrants included therein. See "Underwriting."
    

(5)  Notwithstanding  quotation on the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market,  there can be no
     assurance that an active trading market for the Company's  securities  will
     develop or, if developed, that it will be sustained.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       5
<PAGE>

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                          Summary Financial Information

                                       June 1, 1995  
                                        (Inception)                      Nine Months Ended        June 1, 1995
                                          Through      Year Ended            June 30,              (Inception)
                                       September 30,  September 30, --------------------------       Through
                                           1995           1996          1996           1997       June 30, 1997
                                           ----           ----          ----           ----       -------------
                                                                            (Unaudited)            (Unaudited)

<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>        
   
Statement of Operations Data:

General and administrative
  expenses ...................          $  78,105     $   900,177    $ 745,123    $ 1,418,389      $ 2,396,671 
Selling and marketing expenses             34,158         277,845       59,624        251,731          563,734
Interest expense .............               --            36,071        3,028        514,598          550,669
                                        ---------     -----------    ---------    -----------      -----------
Net loss .....................          $(112,263)    $(1,214,093)   $(807,775)   $(2,184,718)     $(3,511,074)
                                        =========     ===========    =========    ===========      ===========
Net loss per share(1) ........          $   (0.46)    $     (3.95)   $   (2.35)   $     (5.57)     
                                        =========     ===========    =========    ===========      
Weighted average number of                                                                         
  shares outstanding .........            245,010         307,717      344,417        392,067      
                                        =========     ===========    =========    ===========      
    
</TABLE>                                                                      
                                         
                                                          At June 30, 1997
                                                    ----------------------------
                                                       Actual     As Adjusted(2)
                                                     -----------   -------------
                                                             (Unaudited)

   
Balance Sheet Data:

Working capital (deficit).......................... $(1,868,259)     $5,203,548
Total assets.......................................   1,124,046       5,940,246
Total liabilities..................................   2,647,500         551,166
Deficit accumulated during the development stage...  (3,511,074)     (4,131,662)
Total stockholders' equity (capital deficiency)....  (1,523,454)      5,389,080
    

- -------------
(1)  The Escrow Shares are excluded from the  computation of net loss per share.
     See Notes B(4) and D of Notes to Financial Statements.

   
(2)  Adjusted  to give  effect to (i) the sale of the  1,760,000  Units  offered
     hereby at an assumed  initial  public  offering price of $5.00 per Unit and
     the use of a portion of the net  proceeds  to repay the Bridge  Notes (plus
     accrued  interest  thereon  through  June 30,  1997) and the  corresponding
     additional  charge to  operations  of  approximately  $204,000  and (ii) an
     anticipated non-cash charge to operations of approximately  $417,000 in the
     quarter  ending  September  30, 1997  relating to the fair market  value of
     warrants issued to the Company's  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
     Officer with an exercise price below the fair market value of the Company's
     Class A Common Stock. See "Risk Factors -- Charges and Potential Charges to
     Earnings,"  "Use of  Proceeds,"  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
     Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Certain Transactions."
    

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                       6
<PAGE>

                                  Risk Factors

     The securities  offered hereby are  speculative in nature and an investment
in the  Units  offered  hereby  involves  a high  degree  of  risk.  Prospective
investors are cautioned  that the  statements  in this  Prospectus  that are not
descriptions  of historical  facts may be  forward-looking  statements  that are
subject to risks and uncertainties.  Actual results could differ materially from
those currently anticipated due to a number of factors. In addition to the other
information contained in this Prospectus, prospective investors should carefully
consider the following risk factors in analyzing this Offering.

   
     History of Operating  Losses;  Anticipated  Future Losses.  The Company has
experienced significant operating losses since its inception in June 1995. As of
June 30, 1997,  the Company had an  accumulated  deficit of  approximately  $3.5
million and  significant  losses and increases in working  capital  deficit have
occurred  since  such date and are  expected  to  continue  for the  foreseeable
future.  Such losses have been and are expected to be principally  the result of
the various  costs  associated  with the  Company's  development  and  marketing
activities.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will ever  achieve or
sustain  commercial sales or  profitability.  See  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Development  Stage  Company;  No History of  Operations.  The  Company  was
organized in June 1995 and is currently in the  development  stage.  The Company
has only  recently  contracted  with the Networks and has achieved  only minimal
sales of the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card.  The Company's  success  depends upon
several  factors,  including  the  quality  and  quantity  of  Providers  in the
Networks,  the  acceptance  of the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card by  individuals,
employers, HMOs, business and other associations,  providers of medical benefits
and  Members,  the  ability of the  Company  to  incentivize  independent  sales
representatives  to sell the  Company's  products  and  managing  the  technical
aspects  of its  operations.  Investors  should  be  aware  of the  difficulties
normally  encountered  by a new  enterprise and the high rate of failure of such
enterprises.  There is no history  upon which to base any  assumption  as to the
likelihood that the Company will prove successful, and there can be no assurance
that the Company will become a viable or profitable business.  While the Company
has conducted  limited  development  and sales and marketing  activities and has
generated  minimal  sales in the  third  calendar  quarter  of 1997,  it has not
generated  any  significant  revenues and may  experience  many of the problems,
delays, expenses and difficulties commonly encountered by early stage companies,
many of which are beyond  the  Company's  control.  These  include,  but are not
limited  to,  unanticipated  problems,  delays or  expenses  relating to product
development  and  marketing,  uncertain  market  acceptance,  lack of sufficient
capital,  competition,  customer service and regulatory  compliance,  as well as
additional costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. There can be no
assurance that the Company will  successfully  develop a viable cardholder base,
that it will be able to enter into and  maintain  agreements  with a  sufficient
number of Providers that are accessible and acceptable to potential Members,  or
that  the  Company  will  generate  any  revenues  or  ever  achieve  profitable
operations.  Additionally,  the Company has never operated a network of the size
that will be required to be profitable  and cannot  predict all of the technical
difficulties,  including issues relating to management  information  systems and
customer service, that may arise. See "Business."

     Use of  Proceeds to Repay  Indebtedness;  Need for  Significant  Additional
Funds.  The Company has a working  capital  deficit and requires the proceeds of
this  Offering  to  pursue  its  business  plan.  Approximately  $2,425,000,  or
approximately  34%, of the net  proceeds of this  Offering  will be used for the
repayment  of the Bridge Notes  issued in the Bridge  Financing  and will not be
available for any other  purpose.  The  remaining  proceeds of this Offering are
only  expected  to  be  sufficient   to  fund  the  Company's   operations   for
approximately  18  months  and  the  Company  will  likely  require  significant
additional  funds to continue its operations  after such period.  Moreover,  the
Company's cash requirements may vary materially from those currently anticipated
due to product  development  and  marketing  programs,  changes in the forms and
direction of the  Company's  activities,  the timing of receipt of revenues,  if
any, and other factors.  The Company has no  commitments  for any future funding
and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to obtain additional
financing  in the future  from  either  debt or equity  financings,  bank loans,
collaborative  arrangements or other sources on terms acceptable to the Company,
or at all. If the Company is unable to obtain the necessary  financing,  it will
be required to  significantly  curtail its activities or cease  operations.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."
    

     Unproven Commercial  Viability;  Need for Market Acceptance.  The Company's
success is dependent on commercial  acceptance of the HealthCare Solutions Card,
as well as any other potential medical benefits related products the Company may
offer in the  future.  Except as  described  herein,  the Company has no present
intention to 


                                       7
<PAGE>

offer additional medical benefits related products.  The commercial viability of
the Company will be determined in large part by the acceptance of the HealthCare
Solutions Card by individuals, employers, HMOs, business and other associations,
providers of medical benefits and Members and will require the Company to secure
marketing and Network provider alliances within the highly  competitive  medical
benefits  industry.  To date, the Company has achieved only minimal sales of the
HealthCare  Solutions  Card.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be
able  to  successfully   demonstrate  that  the  benefits  associated  with  the
HealthCare  Solutions  Card justify the costs  associated  with the card or that
such benefits outweigh those associated with competing medical benefits programs
or  traditional  insurance  programs.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  achieve
commercial  acceptance  of the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card,  the Company may be
forced to cease operations.

     Limited Marketing  Capabilities;  Dependence on Third Parties for Marketing
Activities. The Company's operating results will depend to a large extent on its
ability to  successfully  market  the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card and any other
potential  products to Sponsors and Members.  The Company  currently has limited
marketing  capabilities  and believes it will have to  significantly  expand its
sales and marketing  capabilities,  as well as concentrate its limited resources
on defined segments of its target market.  The Company  anticipates that it will
depend, to a significant  extent, on independent  brokers and selected marketing
organizations  to market the  Company's  products.  Although  such  parties will
receive a commission for their  services,  the success of any such  relationship
will depend in part upon such parties' own competitive,  marketing and strategic
considerations,  including the relative advantages of alternative products being
marketed by such persons,  and there can be no assurance  that such parties will
have the interest or ability to successfully market the Company's  products.  To
the extent that the Company  utilizes third parties to market its products,  the
Company's control over sales and marketing will be reduced. Although the Company
has entered into numerous agreements with independent brokers, substantially all
of these brokers are  affiliated  with American  Family Life  Assurance  Company
("AFLAC") and are concentrated in the states of Illinois,  Indiana, Missouri and
Texas.  Accordingly,  the Company's initial marketing efforts will be focused in
such  states.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will be able to hire
experienced  marketing  personnel or establish any additional  arrangements with
independent  brokers or that any current or future marketing efforts  undertaken
by or on  behalf  of the  Company  will  be  successful  or will  result  in any
significant  sales  of the  Company's  products.  See  "Business  --  Sales  and
Marketing."

   
     Dependence Upon Providers; Possible Termination of Provider Agreements. The
success of the  Company's  operations  will depend in part on the ability of the
Company to enter into and maintain service  agreements with provider Networks of
health care  products and services  under  discount and other pricing terms that
make the HealthCare Solutions Card attractive to Members and Sponsors.  To date,
the Company has entered  into  non-exclusive  service  agreements  with  several
provider Networks.  The agreements  generally expire after  approximately one to
three  years,  but are subject to earlier  termination  upon the  occurrence  of
certain events,  including,  in certain cases,  notice by the other party. There
can be no assurance  that (i) the providers  affiliated  with such Networks will
actually  provide  services to the  Members,  (ii) any such  agreements  will be
renewed upon their respective expiration dates or (iii) any such agreements will
not be terminated  earlier.  The exercise of cancellation rights by any provider
Network could have a material adverse effect on the Company.  Further, there can
be no assurance that the Company will be successful in securing  agreements with
additional  providers or provider  networks or that any providers  that agree to
join the Network will provide services or cost savings that will be desirable to
Members. The inability of the Company to retain its current service providers or
to obtain alternate or additional service providers will likely detract from the
real or  perceived  value of the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card and may  cause the
Company to curtail or alter its activities or cease operations. See "Business --
The HealthCare Solutions Card" and "-- Competition."

     Risks  Related  to  Possible  Entry Into  Physician  and  Hospital  Network
Business.  The Company previously entered into a letter of intent with a view to
acquiring  certain assets  associated with an ongoing medical benefits  business
that is developing a network of physician and hospital providers.  The letter of
intent expired by its terms and the parties have terminated  their  discussions.
The Company  expects to continue to explore the  possibility  of  developing  or
acquiring a physician and hospital  network business and has entered into a new,
non-binding  letter of intent to  establish  a joint  venture  with a  preferred
provider   organization   ("PPO")  that   maintains  a  nationwide   network  of
approximately  250,000 physicians and hospitals.  There can be no assurance that
the letter of intent will result in the  execution of  definitive  agreements or
that any such physician and hospital network will be established.  See "Business
- -- The HealthCare  Solutions Card -- Potential Physician and Hospital Services."
The development by the Company of a physician and hospital  network  business is
subject to numerous risks, including (i) risks similar to
    


                                       8
<PAGE>

   
those  identified  elsewhere in this Prospectus in connection with the Company's
proposed development of an ancillary benefits network, (ii) significant barriers
to entry, (iii) intense  competition with  well-capitalized  insurance companies
and (iv) the possible  incurrence of significant  additional sales and marketing
costs to develop a distribution system different from the one being developed by
the Company for its ancillary health care network. In addition, the Company will
continue  to  be  subject  to  certain   confidentiality  and   non-solicitation
provisions entered into with the other party to the previously terminated letter
of intent, which provisions will impose limitations on the Company's flexibility
within the physician and hospital network business and may expose the Company to
the  risk of  litigation  should  it  enter  such  business.  See  "Business  --
Strategy."
    

     Possible Exposure to Liability.  Physicians and other medical entities have
become increasingly  vulnerable to lawsuits alleging medical malpractice.  While
the  Company  does not intend to practice  medicine  or control  any  affiliated
Provider's practice of medicine, there can be no assurance that the Company will
not become a party to malpractice litigation in the future. The Company also may
be  exposed  to  claims  for  personal  injuries  as a result  of the  incorrect
preparation or packaging of  prescriptions or from the pilferage of or tampering
with the prescription drugs supplied by pharmacy benefits Providers. The Company
will attempt to take  precautions to protect itself from such claims,  including
seeking indemnification from such Providers,  but no assurance can be given that
such precautions will be implemented or will prove adequate. Because the Company
is not itself permitted to render medical services, it cannot obtain malpractice
insurance.  The Company does not maintain  errors and omissions  insurance,  but
does maintain  general  liability  insurance in the amount of  $2,000,000  which
provides general coverage for property  damage,  business  liability and medical
payments.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will not be sued for
malpractice  as the result of the  activities of providers or that any such suit
will not result in a recovery  against the  Company in excess of any  applicable
general  liability  insurance  coverage and thus materially and adversely affect
the Company's financial viability.

     Health Care Reform.  In recent years there have been numerous  proposals to
change the health  care  system in the United  States.  The Company is unable to
predict  the effect on the  Company  of  potential  reforms  in the health  care
industry,  either by  legislative  mandate or through self policing  mechanisms,
particularly  those  affecting  physicians,  health care  payors and  affiliated
health  systems.  Such  changes  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company.

   
     Government Regulation. The delivery of health care products and services is
subject to extensive  federal,  state and local  regulation,  including  but not
limited to the prohibition of business corporations from providing medical care,
fraud and abuse  provisions  of the Medicare and Medicaid  statutes,  state laws
that prohibit referral fees and fee splitting and certain regulations applicable
to insurance  companies  and certain  organizations  that provide or arrange for
health care  services.  The  Company  believes  that  certain  registration  and
licensing laws and regulations in certain states in which the Company intends to
operate  may  apply to the  Company's  operations.  In  addition,  statutes  and
regulations applicable to other health care organizations with which the Company
may contract,  including  without  limitation  those  relating to fee splitting,
referral fees,  patient  freedom of choice,  provider  rights to participate and
antidiscrimination, may impact the Company and may result in the delay or denial
of  any  such  organization's  participation  in  the  Company's  Networks.  The
utilization  fees  received  by the  Company  in  connection  with the  pharmacy
benefits  program  might be construed to  contravene  the literal  provisions of
these  statutes  and  regulations  in a number of  states  in which the  Company
intends to operate.  Although  the Company has not obtained any rulings from any
governmental  authorities  or an opinion of counsel  with regard to any of these
matters,  the Company  believes that the extent of its compliance with such laws
and regulations as they are currently  enforced and applicable to the Company is
consistent with current industry  practices and will not have a material adverse
affect on its business. However,  legislation in these areas continues to evolve
and there  can be no  assurance  that  changes  in  enforcement  and  compliance
practices will not occur in the future, or that existing legislation will not be
expanded.   In  any  such  event,  the  Company  could  be  required  to  effect
registration in various additional states,  post substantial  fidelity or surety
bonds  and/or  meet  other  financial   requirements  in  connection  therewith.
Alternatively, the Company could be required to modify the products and services
offered by it, modify its contractual arrangements with Networks and Sponsors or
be precluded  from providing some or all of its products and services in certain
states.  Any or all of the foregoing  consequences,  or a determination that the
Company is in  violation of any  applicable  laws or  regulations,  could have a
material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business -- Government Regulation."
    

      Competition.  The Company believes that a critical element of its business
is the  competition  for a portion of the benefit  dollars  allocated by various
organizations for employee benefit programs.  The Company competes for a portion
of those dollars with various other  cost-containment  marketing  organizations,
pharmacy  indemnity  programs,  


                                       9
<PAGE>

retail  pharmacies,  mail  order  prescription  companies,   preferred  provider
organizations,  HMOs, health care membership programs and other ancillary health
care insurance  programs.  Most of these  competitors  have had longer operating
histories and have significantly greater financial, marketing and administrative
resources  than the  Company.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will
develop  products  that  achieve  greater  market  acceptance  than  competitive
products  or that the  Company's  competitors  will not  succeed  in  developing
products that would render the Company's  products less competitive or obsolete.
See "Business -- Competition."

     Proprietary Rights;  Management  Information Systems. The Company's Network
Administration  System is a  critical  component  of the  Company's  ability  to
provide  customer  service and process other data.  The Company  relies on trade
secrets  to  establish  and  protect  its  proprietary  rights  to  its  Network
Administration System. However, trade secrets are difficult to protect and there
can be no assurance  that others will not  independently  develop  substantially
equivalent  proprietary  technology  or otherwise  gain access to the  Company's
trade secrets or disclose such technology,  or that the Company can meaningfully
protect its rights to unpatented trade secrets.

     The  Company  has  applied  for  rights  to  the   tradenames   "HEALTHCARE
SOLUTIONS,"  "THE  SOLUTIONS  CARD,"  "HEALTHCARE   SAVINGS.   GUARANTEED,"  and
"HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC." and the  service  marks for  "HEALTHCARE
SOLUTIONS"  and  "HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC." from the United  States
Patent and Trademark Office, but there can be no assurance that such rights will
be granted. If the Company is not able effectively to protect itself against use
of similar  trade names or service  marks,  or if the Company's use of its trade
names or service  marks are found to  infringe  upon the  proprietary  rights of
third parties, the Company's business could be adversely affected. See "Business
- -- Proprietary Rights."

     Reliance Upon Data Processing.  Certain aspects of the Company's  business,
including its customer service  capabilities,  are dependent upon its ability to
store,  retrieve,  process and manage data and to maintain  and upgrade its data
processing  capabilities.  Although the Company  believes it has  established or
will establish appropriate safeguard mechanisms, interruption of data processing
capabilities  for any extended period of time, loss of stored data,  programming
errors or other computer  problems  could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company.  There can be no assurance  the Company will not  experience  problems,
delays or unanticipated costs in the use of its current system. Any difficulties
in reviewing  Providers in a timely  manner may  adversely  affect the Company's
customer  service  efforts and its ability to attract and retain  customers.  In
addition,  the  Company  intends  to  utilize  its  data  processing  system  to
facilitate  the  payment of  commissions  to brokers  and the payment of fees to
certain  Networks.  Any difficulties in the payment of such commissions and fees
could adversely  affect the Company's  ability to attract and retain brokers and
Networks.

     Money  Back  Guarantee.  The  Company  intends  to offer a full  money back
guarantee  to  Members  who,  after the first full year of  enrollment,  are not
satisfied with the HealthCare  Solutions  Card. The Company intends to recognize
revenue  from the sale of the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card upon  receipt  of the
annual or monthly fee by the Company  from Members  and,  therefore,  if refunds
exceed the reserves established by the Company, the Company's operating results,
cash flows and financial condition could be materially  adversely affected.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations."

   
     Broad Discretionary Use of Proceeds.  The Company has broad discretion with
respect  to  the  specific   application   of   approximately   $2,191,200,   or
approximately  31%,  of the net  proceeds  of the  Offering.  Such  amounts  are
intended to be used for working capital, including salaries of current executive
officers  and  significant  employees.  Thus,  purchasers  of the Units  will be
entrusting  their funds to the  Company's  management,  upon whose  judgment the
investors must depend,  with only limited  information  concerning  management's
specific intentions. See "Use of Proceeds."

     Dependence on Key Personnel;  Need for Additional Personnel. The Company is
dependent  upon Neal J.  Polan,  the  Company's  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive
Officer,  as well as principal members of its management team. Mr. Polan expects
to devote  approximately 50% of his business time to activities on behalf of the
Company.  The Company has not entered  into any  employment  agreement  with Mr.
Polan,  although the Company intends to obtain "key-man" life insurance coverage
in the face amount of $2,000,000 on Mr. Polan. The Company currently has only 13
full-time employees.  The Company's success will be dependent, in part, upon its
ability  to  attract  and  retain  additional  skilled  personnel  to manage the
Company's operations. The inability to do so, or the loss of services of certain
of its  executive  officers  and  directors or other  executive  officers or key
employees that may be hired in the future, may have a material adverse effect on
the Company.
    

                                       10
<PAGE>

   
     Control by Management and Principal  Stockholders;  Potential Anti-takeover
Effect of Shares Having  Disproportionate  Voting Rights. All of the outstanding
Class B Common  Stock is  currently  owned  beneficially  by Neal J. Polan,  the
Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer of the  Company.  Moreover,
pursuant  to a voting  proxy,  Mr.  Polan  has the  power to vote an  additional
144,000 shares of Class A Common Stock held by a former employee of the Company.
As a result, upon completion of the Offering, Mr. Polan will have the ability to
vote shares of Common Stock representing approximately 32.0% of the total voting
power of the  Company,  and  therefore  influence  significantly  or control the
outcome of substantially  all matters  submitted to a vote of the  stockholders.
Furthermore,  the disproportionate  vote afforded the Class B Common Stock could
also serve to impede or prevent a change of control of the Company. As a result,
potential  acquirors may be discouraged  from seeking to acquire  control of the
Company  through  the  purchase  of Class A Common  Stock,  which  could  have a
depressive  effect  on the  price  of the  Company's  securities.  See  "Certain
Transactions," "Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Securities."
    

     Potential  Adverse  Effects  of  Preferred  Stock;  Possible  Anti-takeover
Provisions.  The  Company's  By-laws  authorize the issuance of shares of "blank
check"  preferred  stock,  which  will  have  such   designations,   rights  and
preferences  as may be  determined  from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Accordingly,  the Board of  Directors  will be  empowered,  without  stockholder
approval  (but subject to applicable  government  regulatory  restrictions),  to
issue preferred stock with dividend,  liquidation,  conversion,  voting or other
rights  which could  adversely  affect the voting  power or other  rights of the
holders of the Common Stock. In the event of such issuance,  the preferred stock
could be utilized,  under certain  circumstances,  as a method of  discouraging,
delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.  Although the Company
has no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock, there can be no
assurance  that the Company  will not do so in the  future.  The Company is also
subject  to a  Delaware  statute  regulating  business  combinations  that could
discourage,  hinder or preclude an  unsolicited  acquisition  of the Company and
make it less likely that  stockholders  receive a premium for their  shares as a
result of such  attempt,  which may  adversely  affect the  market  price of the
Company's securities. See "Description of Securities -- Preferred Stock" and "--
Business Combination Protections."

   
     Immediate Dilution.  The purchasers of the Units in the Offering will incur
immediate  dilution of  approximately  $2.36 or 47.2% in the pro forma per share
net  tangible  book value of their Class A Common  Stock  ($2.16 or 43.2% if the
Underwriters'  over-allotment option is exercised in full).  Additional dilution
to public investors, if any, may result to the extent that the Class A Warrants,
the  Representative's  Unit  Purchase  Option or other  outstanding  options  or
warrants are  exercised at a time when the net tangible  book value per share of
Common Stock exceeds the exercise price of any such securities. See "Dilution."

     Charges and Potential Charges to Earnings.  As a condition to the Offering,
the  current  holders  of the  Company's  Class A and Class B Common  Stock have
agreed to place, on a pro rata basis,  900,000 shares,  or three-quarters of the
outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the Company  before the  Offering,  into
escrow,  to be  released  only upon the  attainment  by the  Company  of certain
earnings  or market  price  thresholds  determined  by  negotiation  between the
Company and the  Underwriters.  The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  has taken the position  with respect to such escrow  arrangements
that in the event any shares are  released  from  escrow to the  holders who are
officers,  directors,  employees or consultants  of the Company,  a compensation
expense will be recorded for financial reporting purposes.  Accordingly,  in the
event of the release of the Escrow Shares, the Company will recognize during the
period in which the earnings  thresholds are probable of being met or such stock
levels  achieved,  a substantial  non-cash  charge to earnings equal to the fair
market value of such shares on the date of their  release,  which would have the
effect of significantly increasing the Company's loss or reducing or eliminating
earnings, if any, at such time. The recognition of such compensation expense may
have a  depressive  effect  on the  market  price of the  Company's  securities.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing  discussion,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company  will attain the  targets  which  would  enable the Escrow  Shares to be
released from escrow.

     The  Company  incurred a non-cash  charge to  operations  of  approximately
$438,000  during  the nine  months  ended  June 30,  1997 and  expects  to incur
additional  non-cash charges to operations  aggregating  approximately  $204,000
through the closing of the Offering  relating to the  unamortized  debt discount
and debt issuance costs incurred in connection  with the Bridge  Financing.  The
Company also expects to incur an  additional  non-cash  charge to  operations of
approximately  $417,000 in the quarter ending September 30, 1997 relating to the
fair  market  value of the  warrants  issued  to Neal J.  Polan,  the  Company's
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer,  with an exercise price below
the fair market value of the  Company's  Class A Common  Stock.  In addition,  a
portion of the warrants  issued to Mr. Polan will become  exercisable  only upon
the attainment by the Company of certain earnings
    

                                       11
<PAGE>

   
or market price thresholds.  In the event that such warrants become exercisable,
the Company will  recognize  during the period in which the earnings  thresholds
are probable of being met or such stock levels achieved,  an additional non-cash
charge to earnings equal to the fair market value of the portion of the warrants
subject to such earnings or market price thresholds, which could have the effect
of  significantly  increasing  the  Company's  loss or reducing  or  eliminating
earnings,  if any, at such time.  See  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,"   "Certain   Transactions,"
"Principal Stockholders" and "Description of Securities."

     Potential  Influence  of the  Representative.  The  Representative  has the
right,  for a period of five years  after the  completion  of the  Offering,  to
designate one  individual  for  nomination to the Company's  Board of Directors,
although it has not yet selected  any such  designee.  In  addition,  during the
five-year  period  from  the  date  of  this   Prospectus,   in  the  event  the
Representative originates a financing or a merger, acquisition or transaction to
which the Company is a party, the  Representative  will be entitled to receive a
finder's fee in consideration for origination of such  transaction.  The Company
has also agreed to sell to the  Representative  and its  designees,  for nominal
consideration,  the Unit Purchase Option to purchase up to 176,000 Units and has
agreed to grant to the holders of the Unit Purchase Option  registration  rights
with respect to the securities  issuable upon exercise thereof.  Such rights may
enable the Representative to exert a degree of influence over the Company during
the period such rights are outstanding.

    
     No  Dividends.  The Company has not paid any cash  dividends on its Class A
Common  Stock and does not expect to declare or pay any cash or other  dividends
in the foreseeable future. See "Dividend Policy."
   

     No Public  Market for  Securities;  Possible  Volatility  of Market  Price;
Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price. Prior to the Offering,  there has not
been  any  market  for any of the  Company's  securities,  and  there  can be no
assurance that an active  trading market will develop or be sustained  after the
Offering.  The initial public offering price of the Units and the exercise price
and other  terms of the Class A Warrants  have been  determined  by  negotiation
between the Company and the  Representative  and are not necessarily  related to
the  Company's  asset  value,  net  worth,  results of  operations  or any other
criteria  of value and may not be  indicative  of the prices that may prevail in
the public  market.  The market  prices of the Units,  Class A Common  Stock and
Class A Warrants could also be subject to significant  fluctuations  in response
to  variations  in the  Company's  development  efforts,  intellectual  property
position,  government  regulations,  general  trends in the  industry  and other
factors,  including  extreme  price  and  volume  fluctuations  which  have been
experienced by the securities markets from time to time. See "Underwriting."

     Shares  Eligible for Future Sale.  Future sales of Common Stock by existing
stockholders  pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities  Act or otherwise  could
have an adverse effect on the price of the Company's  securities.  The 1,200,000
shares of Common Stock  outstanding  before the Offering are eligible for resale
in the public market,  subject to compliance  with Rule 144 under the Securities
Act.  In  addition,  13,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock  issuable  upon the
exercise of stock  options will be eligible for resale  pursuant to Rule 144 and
Rule 701 under the Securities Act  immediately  after the 90th day following the
date of this  Prospectus  and a  portion  of the  remaining  44,500  outstanding
options will vest and be eligible  for resale  pursuant to Rule 144 and Rule 701
under the Securities Act beginning in May 1998.  However,  holders of all of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock and outstanding options prior to the Offering
have  agreed  not to sell any  shares of Common  Stock for a period of 13 months
from the date of this  Prospectus  without  the  prior  written  consent  of the
Representative.  Sales of Common Stock, or the possibility of such sales, in the
public market may adversely  affect the market price of the  securities  offered
hereby. In addition, the holders of the Unit Purchase Option have certain demand
and  "piggy-back"  registration  rights with respect to their  securities  and a
stockholder  of the Company has certain  "piggy-back"  registration  rights with
respect to 132,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock  owned by such  stockholder.
Exercise of such rights could involve  substantial  expense to the Company.  The
Company has agreed to register for resale the 1,150,000  Bridge Warrants and the
underlying  Class A Common Stock one year from the closing of the Offering.  See
"Description   of   Securities,"   "Shares   Eligible   for  Future   Sale"  and
"Underwriting."

     Outstanding  Warrants and Options;  Exercise of Registration  Rights.  Upon
completion  of the  Offering,  the Company will have  outstanding  (i) 1,760,000
Class A Warrants to purchase an aggregate of 1,760,000  shares of Class A Common
Stock;  (ii) the Bridge Warrants to purchase  1,150,000 shares of Class A Common
Stock;  and (iii) the Unit  Purchase  Option to purchase an aggregate of 352,000
shares of Class A Common  Stock,  assuming  exercise of the  underlying  Class A
Warrants.  The  Company  also has (i)  200,000  shares  of Class A Common  Stock
reserved for issuance upon exercise of options under its 1997 Stock Option Plan,
of which 57,500 have been  granted,  and (ii)  outstanding  warrants to purchase
284,000 shares of Class A Common Stock. Holders of such warrants and options 
    

                                       12
<PAGE>

   
are likely to exercise  them when, in all  likelihood,  the Company could obtain
additional  capital on terms more  favorable than those provided by warrants and
options.  Further,  while  these  Warrants  and  options  are  outstanding,  the
Company's  ability to obtain  additional  financing  on  favorable  terms may be
adversely affected.  The holders of the Unit Purchase Option have certain demand
and  "piggy-back"  registration  rights with respect to their  securities  and a
stockholder  of the Company has certain  "piggy-back"  registration  rights with
respect to 132,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock  owned by such  stockholder.
Exercise of such rights could  involve  substantial  expense to the Company.  In
addition,  the Company has agreed to register  for resale the  1,150,000  Bridge
Warrants  and the  underlying  Class A Common  Stock  within  one year  from the
closing of the Offering.  See  "Management -- Stock  Options,"  "Description  of
Securities" and "Underwriting."
    

     Potential  Adverse  Effect of Redemption of Warrants.  Commencing  one year
from the date of this  Prospectus,  the Class A Warrants  may be redeemed by the
Company at a  redemption  price of $.05 per Warrant  upon not less than 30 days'
prior written  notice if the closing bid price of the Class A Common Stock shall
have  averaged  in excess of $9.10 per  share for 30  consecutive  trading  days
ending within 15 days of the notice.  Redemption  of the Class A Warrants  could
force the  holders (i) to  exercise  the  Warrants  and pay the  exercise  price
therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for the holders to do so, (ii)
to sell the Warrants at the then current market price when they might  otherwise
wish to hold the  Warrants,  or (iii) to accept  the  nominal  redemption  price
which,  at the time the  Warrants  are  called for  redemption,  is likely to be
substantially  less than the market value of the Warrants.  See  "Description of
Securities -- Redeemable Class A Warrants."

     Current Prospectus and State Registration to Exercise Warrants.  Holders of
Class A Warrants  will be able to exercise  the  Warrants  only if (i) a current
prospectus  under the Securities  Act relating to the securities  underlying the
Warrants is then in effect and (ii) such  securities  are  qualified for sale or
exempt from qualification under the applicable  securities laws of the states in
which  the  various  holders  of  Warrants  reside.  Although  the  Company  has
undertaken and intends to use its best efforts to maintain a current  prospectus
covering the  securities  underlying  the Warrants  following  completion of the
Offering to the extent  required  by Federal  securities  laws,  there can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to do so.  The  value of the  Class A
Warrants may be greatly reduced if a prospectus covering the securities issuable
upon the exercise of the Warrants is not kept current or if the  securities  are
not qualified, or exempt from qualification,  in the states in which the holders
of Warrants reside. Persons holding Class A Warrants who reside in jurisdictions
in which such  securities  are not  qualified and in which there is no exemption
will be unable to exercise  their  Warrants  and would either have to sell their
Warrants in the open market or allow them to expire unexercised. If and when the
Class A  Warrants  become  redeemable  by the terms  thereof,  the  Company  may
exercise  its  redemption  right even if it is unable to qualify the  underlying
securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. See "Description
of Securities -- Redeemable Class A Warrants."

   
     Possible Adverse Effect on the Liquidity of the Company's Securities Due to
Securities and Exchange Commission Investigation of the Representative and Blair
& Co.  and  Recent  Settlement  by Blair & Co.  with Nasd.  The  Securities  and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission") is conducting an investigation concerning
various business  activities of the Representative and D.H. Blair & Co., Inc., a
selling group member which will  distribute a  substantial  portion of the Units
offered  hereby   ("Blair  &  Co.").   The  Company  has  been  advised  by  the
Representative  that the  investigation has been ongoing since at least 1989 and
that it is cooperating with the investigation. The Representative cannot predict
whether this  investigation  will ever result in any type of formal  enforcement
action against the Representative or Blair & Co.

     In July 1997, Blair & Co., its Chief Executive  Officer and its head trader
consented, without admitting or denying any violations, to a settlement with the
NASDR  District  Business  Conduct  Committee  for  District  No. 10 to  resolve
allegations  of NASD rule and  securities  law  violations  in  connection  with
mark-up and pricing practices and adequacy of disclosures to customers regarding
market-making  activities of Blair & Co. in connection  with certain  securities
issues  during the period from June 1993  through May 1995 where Blair & Co. was
the primary  selling group  member.  NASDR alleged the firm failed to accurately
calculate the  contemporaneous  cost of  securities in instances  where the firm
dominated  and  controlled  after-market  trading,  thereby  causing the firm to
charge its  customers  excessive  mark-ups.  NASDR also alleged the firm did not
make adequate disclosure to customers about its market-making  activities in two
issues.  As part of the  settlement,  Blair & Co. has consented to a censure and
has agreed to pay a $2 million fine,  make $2.4 million in restitution to retail
customers,  employ an  independent  consultant  for two years to review and make
recommendations  to  strengthen  the  firm's  compliance  procedures,   and  has
undertaken for 12 months not to sell to its retail  customers  (excluding  banks
and other institutional investors) more 
    


                                       13
<PAGE>

   
than 60% of the total  securities  sold in any  securities  offering in which it
participates  as an  underwriter  or selling group member.  The Chief  Executive
Officer of Blair & Co.,  has agreed to settle  failure to  supervise  charges by
consenting  to a  censure,  the  imposition  of a  $225,000  fine  and a  60-day
suspension  from   associating   with  any  NASD  member  firm  and  to  take  a
requalification examination. The firm's head trader has agreed to settle charges
against him by consenting to a censure,  the imposition of a $300,000 fine and a
90-day  suspension from  associating  with any member firm and has undertaken to
take certain  requalification  examinations.  The settlement with NASDR does not
involve or relate to the  Representative,  its chief executive officer or any of
its other officers or directors.

     The Company has been advised  that Blair & Co.  intends to make a market in
the Company's  securities  after the Offering.  The Company is unable to predict
whether Blair & Co.'s settlement with the NASDR or any unfavorable resolution of
the  Commission's  investigation  will have any effect on such firm's ability to
make a market in the Company's  securities  and, if so, whether the liquidity or
price  of  the   Company's   securities   would  be  adversely   affected.   See
"Underwriting."

     Possible Restrictions on Market-making  Activities in Company's Securities.
The  Representative  has advised the Company that Blair & Co.  intends to make a
market in the Company's  securities.  Regulation M under the  Securities  Act of
1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), may prohibit Blair & Co. from engaging in
any  market-making  activities  with regard to the Company's  securities for the
period from five business days (or such other applicable  period as Regulation M
may provide) prior to any solicitation by the  Representative of the exercise of
Class A  Warrants  until  the  later  of the  termination  of such  solicitation
activity  or the  termination  (by  waiver or  otherwise)  of any right that the
Representative  may have to receive a fee for the  exercise  of Class A Warrants
following such solicitation. As a result, Blair & Co. may be unable to provide a
market for the Company's  securities  during  certain  periods while the Class A
Warrants are  exercisable.  In addition,  the Company has agreed to register for
resale the Bridge  Warrants and the  underlying  Class A Common Stock within one
year from the closing of the Offering.  Under  applicable  rules and regulations
under the Exchange  Act, any person  engaged in the  distribution  of the Bridge
Warrants may not simultaneously engage in market-making  activities with respect
to any securities of the Company for the applicable  "cooling off" period (which
is  likely  to be  five  business  days)  prior  to  the  commencement  of  such
distribution.  Accordingly,  in the event the  Representative  or Blair & Co. is
engaged in a distribution of the Bridge Warrants,  neither of such firms will be
able  to  make a  market  in the  Company's  securities  during  the  applicable
restrictive  period. Any temporary  cessation of such  market-making  activities
could have an adverse  effect on the market price of the  Company's  securities.
See "Underwriting."

     Possible  Delisting of Securities  From the Nasdaq Stock Market.  While the
Company's  Units,  Class A Common  Stock and Class A Warrants  meet the  current
Nasdaq  listing  requirements  and are expected to be initially  included on the
Nasdaq SmallCap Market, there can be no assurance that the Company will meet the
criteria  for  continued  listing.  Nasdaq has recently  adopted more  stringent
financial  requirements  for Nasdaq  securities.  Continued  inclusion on Nasdaq
would require that (i) the Company  maintain (A) net tangible assets (defined as
total assets less total  liabilities and goodwill) of at least  $2,000,000,  (B)
net  income  of  $500,000  in  two of  the  last  three  years,  or  (C)  market
capitalization of at least $35,000,000,  (ii) the minimum bid price of the Class
A Common Stock be $1.00 per share, (iii) there be at least 500,000 shares in the
public float valued at $1,000,000 or more, (iv) the Class A Common stock have at
least two active  market  markers and (v) the Class A Common Stock be held by at
least 300 holders.

     If the Company is unable to satisfy Nasdaq's maintenance requirements,  its
securities may be delisted from Nasdaq. In such event,  trading,  if any, in the
Units,  Class A Common Stock and Class A Warrants would  thereafter be conducted
in the  over-the-counter  market in the  so-called  "pink  sheets" or the NASD's
"Electronic  Bulletin Board." The  Representative  and Blair & Co. are currently
permitted  to make a market in  securities  traded on the  "Electronic  Bulletin
Board," although neither the  Representative nor Blair & Co. has committed to do
so in the event the Company's securities were traded thereon.  Consequently, the
liquidity of the Company's securities could be impaired,  not only in the number
of  securities  which could be bought and sold,  but also through  delays in the
timing of transactions and lower prices for the Company's  securities than might
otherwise be attained.
    

     Risks of Low-priced or "Penny"  Stock.  If the  Company's  securities  were
delisted from Nasdaq (See  "-Possible  Delisting of  Securities  from The Nasdaq
Stock Market, Inc."), they could become subject to Rule 15g-9 under the Exchange
Act, which imposes  additional  sales practice  requirements  on  broker-dealers
which  sell  such  securities  except in  transactions  exempted  by such  Rule,
including transactions meeting the requirements of Rule 505 or 506 of Regulation
D under  the  Securities  Act and  transactions  in which  the  purchaser  is an
institutional  accredited  investor (as defined) or an established  customer (as
defined)  of the  broker or dealer.  For  transactions  


                                       14
<PAGE>

covered  by  this  rule,  a  broker-dealer  must  make  a  special   suitability
determination  for the  purchaser  and have  received  the  purchaser's  written
consent to the transaction prior to sale. Consequently,  such rule may adversely
affect the ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the Company's  securities and may
adversely  affect  the  ability of  purchasers  in the  Offering  to sell in the
secondary market any of the securities acquired hereby.

     Commission  regulations  define a "penny stock" to be any non-Nasdaq equity
security  that has a market  price (as  therein  defined) of less than $5.00 per
share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain
exceptions.  For any  transaction  involving a penny stock,  unless exempt,  the
rules  require  delivery,  prior  to any  transaction  in a  penny  stock,  of a
disclosure  schedule  prepared  by the  Commission  relating  to the penny stock
market. Disclosure is also required to be made about commissions payable to both
the broker-dealer and the registered  representative  and current quotations for
the securities.  Finally,  monthly statements are required to be sent disclosing
recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information
on the limited market in penny stocks.

     The  foregoing  required  penny  stock  restrictions  will not apply to the
Company's  securities if such  securities  are listed on Nasdaq and have certain
price and volume information  provided on a current and continuing basis or meet
certain minimum net tangible assets or average revenue criteria. There can be no
assurance  that the Company's  securities  will qualify for exemption from these
restrictions.  In any event,  even if the Company's  securities were exempt from
such  restrictions,  it would remain subject to Section 15(b)(6) of the Exchange
Act,  which gives the  Commission  the  authority to prohibit any person that is
engaged in unlawful  conduct while  participating  in a distribution  of a penny
stock from  associating  with a broker-dealer or participating in a distribution
of a penny stock,  if the Commission  finds that such a restriction  would be in
the public  interest.  If the Company's  securities were subject to the rules on
penny  stocks,  the  market  liquidity  for the  Company's  securities  could be
severely adversely affected.


                                       15
<PAGE>

                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

   
     The net  proceeds  to the  Company  from  the sale of the  1,760,000  Units
offered hereby, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and other
expenses  of  the  Offering,  are  estimated  to  be  approximately   $7,116,200
($8,269,880 if the  Underwriter's  over-allotment  option is exercised in full).
The Company expects the net proceeds to be utilized approximately as follows:
    

                                               Approximate Amount  Percentage of
            Application                         of Net Proceeds     Net Proceeds
            ----------                         ------------------   ------------

   
Repayment of Bridge Notes (1).................     $2,425,000            34.1%
Marketing and Sales (2).......................      2,000,000            28.1
Acquisition of Computer Equipment (3).........        500,000             7.0
Working Capital (4)...........................      2,191,200            30.8
                                                   ----------           -----
        Total.................................     $7,116,200           100.0%
                                                   ==========           =====

- ----------------
(1)  Represents the principal amount and accrued interest at the rate of 10% per
     annum (estimated at approximately  $125,000 through  September 15, 1997) of
     Bridge Notes issued in the Bridge Financing in February and March 1997. The
     proceeds of the Bridge  Financing were and are being used primarily for the
     repayment  of certain  outstanding  indebtedness  and for  working  capital
     purposes.  The  outstanding  indebtedness  repaid with the  proceeds of the
     Bridge Financing included (a) approximately $171,000, plus accrued interest
     ranging  from  8.5% to 11% per  annum,  owed to  several  stockholders  and
     affiliates of  stockholders  of the Company,  including Neal J. Polan,  the
     Company's  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer,  which loans
     had varying  maturity  dates and (b)  approximately  $22,000,  plus accrued
     interest  ranging from 9.5% to 10.75% owed to a financial  institution  and
     one  individual,  which loans had  varying  maturity  dates.  Approximately
     $126,000 of such indebtedness was incurred for working capital purposes and
     approximately  $77,000 of such indebtedness was incurred in connection with
     the  satisfaction  of a consulting  arrangement  with a stockholder  of the
     Company who beneficially  owns two percent of the outstanding  Common Stock
     prior  to the  Offering.  See  "Capitalization  --  Bridge  Financing"  and
     "Certain Transactions."

(2)  Includes the design and production of marketing materials,  salaries of the
     Company's  three  current   in-house  sales  personnel  and  other  related
     marketing expenditures. See "Business -- Sales and Marketing."
    

(3)  Includes  computer  hardware and telephone  switching  systems,  as well as
     software   development   costs,   required   to   implement   the   Network
     Administration System. See "Business -- The Network Administration System."

(4)  Includes  general  and  administrative  expenses,  including  approximately
     $524,000 for salaries of four current  executive  officers and  significant
     employees  (other  than  significant  employees  who  are  members  of  the
     Company's  in-house sales  personnel) for the 18-month period following the
     date of this Prospectus.  In the event the Company's proposed joint venture
     to establish a physician and hospital  network is consummated,  the Company
     anticipates that it will make an initial capital  contribution to the joint
     venture vehicle in an amount not to exceed $250,000.

     The foregoing  represents  the Company's best estimate of its allocation of
the net proceeds of the  Offering  during the next 18 months.  This  estimate is
based on certain  assumptions  relating  to the  Company's  sales and  marketing
activities,  market acceptance of the Company's products,  competition and other
factors.  Future  events,  as  well  as  changes  in  economic,   regulatory  or
competitive  conditions  or  the  Company's  business  and  the  results  of the
Company's sales and marketing  activities,  may make shifts in the allocation of
funds  necessary or  desirable.  In addition,  the Company may seek to utilize a
portion  of the funds  allocated  to working  capital  for  acquisitions  of new
products or other complementary businesses.  The Company does not currently have
any  agreements,  commitments  or  arrangements  with  respect  to any  proposed
acquisitions  and  there  can be no  assurance  that  any  acquisitions  will be
consummated.

   
     The Company currently  estimates that the net proceeds of the Offering will
be  sufficient  to fund its  planned  operations  for  approximately  18 months.
However,  the  Company may require  additional  funds  during such period in the
event of delays in sales and marketing or product development,  cost overruns or
other  unanticipated  expenses  commonly  associated  with a company in an early
stage of  development.  In addition,  the Company  will likely need  substantial
additional  financing following such 18 month period.  There can be no assurance
that additional funding will be available to the Company on acceptable terms, if
at all.  In the  event  such  financing  is not  obtained,  the  Company  may be
materially  adversely  affected  and may have to cease or  substantially  reduce
operations.
    

                                       16
<PAGE>

     Any additional proceeds received upon exercise of the Class A Warrants will
be added to  working  capital.  Pending  utilization,  the net  proceeds  of the
Offering  will be invested  in  short-term,  interest-bearing,  investment-grade
securities.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never paid cash  dividends on its Common Stock and does not
anticipate  paying  cash  dividends  in  the  foreseeable  future.  The  Company
currently  intends to retain all  earnings,  if any, for use in the expansion of
the Company's business. The declaration and payment of future dividends, if any,
will be at the sole  discretion  of the Board of Directors  and will depend upon
the Company's  profitability,  financial  condition,  cash requirements,  future
prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors.


                                       17
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION
   
     The  following  table  sets  forth  as of June  30,  1997  (i)  the  actual
capitalization of the Company,  (ii) the pro forma capitalization  giving effect
to the  automatic  conversion  of  144,000  shares of Class B Common  Stock into
144,000 shares of Class A Common Stock upon the resignation of a former employee
of the Company and a non-cash  charge to operations with respect to the issuance
of certain  warrants and (iii) the as adjusted  capitalization  giving effect to
the sale of the Units  offered  hereby and the  application  of the net proceeds
therefrom to repay the Bridge  Notes.  This table should be read in  conjunction
with the Financial  Statements and the Notes thereto included  elsewhere in this
Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 June 30, 1997
                                                                      --------------------------------------
                                                                      Actual       Pro Forma     As Adjusted
                                                                      ------      ----------     -----------
<S>                                                                 <C>           <C>                   <C>     
Bridge Notes, net of discount(1).................................   $2,096,334    $2,096,334            --
Stockholders' Equity:
      Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares
      authorized; no shares issued and outstanding actual,
      pro forma and as adjusted..................................          --            --             --
      Class A Common Stock, $.01 par value, 19,640,000 shares
      authorized; 840,000 shares issued and outstanding actual,
      984,000 shares issued and outstanding pro forma and
      2,744,000 shares issued and outstanding as adjusted (2)(3).        8,400         9,840         27,440
      Class B Common Stock, $.01 par value, 360,000 shares
      authorized; 360,000 shares issued and outstanding
      actual, 216,000 shares issued and outstanding pro forma
      and as adjusted (3)........................................        3,600         2,160          2,160
      Additional paid-in capital.................................    1,975,620     2,392,542      9,491,142
      Deficit accumulated during the development stage...........   (3,511,074)   (3,927,996)(4) (4,131,662)(5)
                                                                    ----------    ----------     ----------
          Total stockholders' equity (capital deficiency)........   (1,523,454)   (1,523,454)     5,389,080
                                                                    ----------    ----------     ----------
          Total capitalization...................................   $  572,880    $  572,880     $5,389,080
                                                                    ==========    ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1)  The Bridge  Notes are payable on the  earlier of  February  27, 1998 or the
     completion of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

(2)  Excludes  (i)  up  to  528,000   shares   issuable  upon  exercise  of  the
     Underwriters'  over-allotment  option  and the  underlying  Warrants;  (ii)
     1,760,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Class A Warrants included in
     the Units offered hereby;  (iii) 1,150,000 shares issuable upon exercise of
     the Bridge Warrants; (iv) 352,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Unit
     Purchase  Option  and the Class A Warrants  included  in such  option;  (v)
     284,000   shares  of  Class  A  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
     outstanding  warrants,  142,000  of which  are  exercisable  only  upon the
     attainment by the Company of certain  earnings or market price  thresholds;
     and (vi) 200,000  shares  reserved for issuance  under the  Company's  1997
     Stock  Option  Plan,  of  which  options  to  purchase  57,500  shares  are
     outstanding.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Charges  and  Potential  Charges  to
     Earnings,"  "Management -- Stock Option Plan," "Certain  Transactions"  and
     "Description of Securities."

(3)  Includes the Escrow Shares. See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow Shares."

(4)  Gives  effect  to the  recognition  of an  anticipated  non-cash  charge to
     operations of  approximately  $417,000 in the quarter ending  September 30,
     1997 relating to the fair market value of warrants  issued to the Company's
     Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive  Officer with an exercise  price
     below the fair market  value of the  Company's  Class A Common  Stock.  See
     "Risk Factors -- Charges and Potential Charges to Earnings,"  "Management's
     Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"
     and "Certain Transactions."

(5)  Gives  effect  to  recognition,  upon  the  closing  of  the  Offering,  of
     approximately  $204,000 of  unamortized  discount and debt  issuance  costs
     relating  to the Bridge  Notes.  See "Use of  Proceeds"  and  "Management's
     Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
    

Bridge Financing

   
     In February and March 1997, the Company  completed the Bridge  Financing of
an  aggregate  of  $2,300,000  principal  amount of Bridge  Notes and  1,150,000
warrants. The Representative acted as the placement agent for such financing and
received from the Company a commission of $230,000 and a non-accountable expense
allowance of $69,000 in connection with the Bridge  Financing.  The Bridge Notes
issued in the Bridge  Financing are payable,  together with accrued  interest at
the rate of 10% per annum, on the earlier of February 27, 1998 or the closing of
the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."
    

     The warrants issued in the Bridge Financing  entitle the holders thereof to
purchase one share of Class A Common Stock  commencing  on February 27, 1998 but
will be converted  automatically  on the closing of the Offering into the Bridge
Warrants,  each of which will be identical  to the Class A Warrants  included in
the Units  offered  hereby.  The Company  has agreed to register  for resale the
Bridge  Warrants  and the  underlying  Class A Common  Stock  one year  from the
closing of the Offering.

                                       18
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

     The  following  discussion  and  tables  allocate  no value to the  Class A
Warrants included in the Units.

   
     At June 30, 1997,  the Company had a negative  net  tangible  book value of
$(1,679,895)  or  $(5.60)  per  share,  based upon  300,000  shares  outstanding
(excluding  the  900,000  Escrow  Shares).  Net  tangible  book  value per share
represents  the amount of the  Company's  total  assets  minus the amount of its
intangible  assets  and  liabilities,  divided by the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding. Dilution represents the difference between the initial public
offering  price paid by the purchasers in the Offering and the net tangible book
value per share  immediately  after  completion  of the  Offering.  After giving
effect to the sale of  1,760,000  Units  offered  hereby at an  assumed  initial
public  offering  price of $5.00 per Unit and the  receipt  of the net  proceeds
therefrom,  the net tangible book value of the Company,  as adjusted at June 30,
1997 would have been $5,436,305 or $2.64 per share. This represents an immediate
increase in net tangible book value of $8.24 per share to existing  stockholders
and an immediate dilution of $2.36 per share to persons purchasing shares at the
initial public offering price ("New Investors"). The following table illustrates
this per share dilution:


    Assumed initial public offering price per share.....                $ 5.00

      Negative net tangible book value per share
        before Offering................................. $ (5.60)

    Increase per share attributable to New Investors....  $ 8.24
                                                          ------
    Net tangible book value per share after Offering....                $ 2.64
                                                                       -------
    Dilution per share to New Investors.................                $ 2.36
                                                                       =======

     If the  over-allotment  option is exercised in full,  the net tangible book
value after the Offering would be  approximately  $2.84 per share,  resulting in
dilution to New Investors in the Offering of $2.16 per share.
    

     The  following   table   summarizes  the   differences   between   existing
stockholders  and New  Investors  with respect to the number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company,  the total  consideration  paid to the Company
and the  average  price  per  share  paid by  existing  stockholders  and by New
Investors:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Total
                             Shares Purchased           Consideration Paid      Average
                           --------------------       ----------------------   Price Per
                            Number      Percent         Amount       Percent     Share
                           ---------    -------       -----------    -------    ------
<S>                        <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>       <C>  
Existing Stockholders....  1,200,000(1)  40.50%        $ 1,329,018    13.12%     $1.11
New Investors............  1,760,000     59.50           8,800,000    86.88       5.00
                           ---------    ------          ----------   ------
    Total................  2,960,000    100.00%        $10,129,018   100.00%
                           =========    ======          ==========   ======
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1)  Includes the Escrow Shares.

   
     The  foregoing  tables do not give effect to  exercise  of any  outstanding
options or warrants.  To the extent such options or warrants are exercised there
will be  further  dilution  to New  Investors.  See  "Capitalization  --  Bridge
Financing,"   "Management  --  Stock  Options,"   "Certain   Transactions"   and
"Description of Securities."
    

                                       19
<PAGE>

                             SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

     The  selected  financial  data  presented  below has been  derived from the
financial  statements of the Company. The financial statements of the Company as
at September 30, 1996 and for the year ended  September 30, 1996 and the periods
from June 1, 1995 (inception)  through  September 30, 1995 and from June 1, 1995
(inception)  through September 30, 1996, together with the notes thereto and the
report of Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP, independent  auditors,  are included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The selected financial data as at and for the nine
month  period  ended June 30, 1996 and June 30, 1997 and the period June 1, 1995
to June 30, 1997 are derived from the Company's unaudited financial  statements.
The unaudited financial  statements include all adjustments,  consisting of only
normal  recurring  accruals,  which the Company  considers  necessary for a fair
presentation  of the  financial  position and the results of operation for these
periods.  Operating  results  for the nine  months  ended June 30,  1997 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any other period.
The selected  financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction  with
the financial  statements  and notes thereto and  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        June 1, 1995
                                         (Inception)                     Nine Months Ended        June 1, 1995
                                           Through     Year Ended            June 30,              (Inception)
                                        September 30, September 30,   ------------------------       Through
                                            1995          1996          1996           1997       June 30, 1997
                                            ----          ----          ----           ----       -------------
                                                                            (Unaudited)            (Unaudited)
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>        
   
Statement of Operations Data:
General and administrative
  expenses...........................    $  78,105      $  900,177     $ 745,123   $ 1,418,389    $ 2,396,671
Selling and marketing expenses.......       34,158         277,845        59,624       251,731        563,734
Interest expense.....................          --           36,071         3,028       514,598        550,669
                                         ---------     -----------     ---------   -----------    -----------
Net loss.............................    $(112,263)    $(1,214,093)    $(807,775)  $(2,184,718)   $(3,511,074)
                                         =========     ===========     =========   ===========    ===========
Net loss per share(1)................    $   (0.46)    $     (3.95)    $   (2.35)  $     (5.57)
                                         =========     ===========     =========   ===========
Weighted average number of
  shares outstanding.................      245,010         307,717       344,417       392,067
                                         =========     ===========     =========   ===========
</TABLE>
    

                                                     At September   At June 30,
                                                       30, 1996        1997
                                                      -----------  -------------
                                                                    (Unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data:

   
Working capital (deficit)..........................  $  (233,206)   $(1,868,259)
Total assets.......................................      160,200      1,124,046
Total liabilities..................................      235,278      2,647,500
Deficit accumulated during the development stage...   (1,326,356)    (3,511,074)
Total capital deficiency...........................      (75,078)    (1,523,454)
    

- -----------
(1)  The Escrow Shares are excluded from the  computation of net loss per share.
     See Notes B[4] and D of Notes to Financial Statements.
       


                                       20
<PAGE>

                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

General

     The Company is a development stage enterprise organized to develop,  market
and  administer  a health care  benefit  services  program  which is designed to
enable  Members to obtain  discounts  on  purchases  of  ancillary  health  care
products and services  through  Networks of health care providers with which the
Company has executed provider  agreements.  The Company's revenues are initially
expected  to be  derived  principally  from the  receipt  of annual  or  monthly
enrollment  fees  paid by or on  behalf  of  Members  for the  right  to  obtain
discounts at the point of purchase from  providers in the Networks.  The Company
currently anticipates that a significant portion of its revenue will be received
in the form of  monthly  bank  drafts and  monthly  payroll  deductions  made by
employers on behalf of their employees.  Accordingly,  all monthly payment sales
and their corresponding expenses, including sales commissions and provider fees,
will be  recognized in the monthly  periods for which they are billed.  However,
since the initial cost of delivering  the cards to the Company's  customers will
be incurred and expensed in the first month,  the gross profit  associated  with
each new  individual  card issued will be lower in the month of issuance than in
the remaining  eleven months prior to the card's  expiration  date. In addition,
since all  renewal  cards will be subject  to the same costs of  issuance,  this
twelve  month  pattern of lower  gross  profits in the first  month will  likely
continue for any renewal periods.

     In those instances when a sale of the Company's  HealthCare  Solutions Card
is collected as a single annual fee, the Company intends to recognize all of its
single payment sales in the period in which the card is delivered,  since all of
the expenses resulting from the purchase of an annual card,  including the costs
of issuance,  sales  commissions,  provider  fees and a provision  for loss from
potential guarantee-related refunds, will be incurred by the Company at the time
of sale. The Company will incur only nominal  additional direct costs associated
with each  cardholder in the following  eleven months due to the fact that under
all of its provider network contracts, each provider is obligated to continue to
provide discounts to all cardholders until the annual card expires,  even if the
provider network contract has been terminated. The Company also intends to offer
a full  money-back  guarantee  to  Members  who,  after the  first  full year of
enrollment, are not satisfied with the HealthCare Solutions Card and the Company
intends to establish reserves therefor.

     Since its inception, the Company's primary activities have consisted of (i)
designing and developing the Network  Administration  System,  which the Company
believes  will  facilitate  data  processing  and enhance its  customer  service
capabilities,  (ii)  negotiating  contracts  with Networks of  Providers,  (iii)
organizing a marketing  force to market the  HealthCare  Solutions Card and (iv)
test  marketing.  The Company has only recently  begun to market the  HealthCare
Solutions Card and is currently  focusing its initial  marketing  efforts in the
states of Illinois,  Indiana, Missouri and Texas. To date, only minimal sales of
the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card have taken place and the Company  believes that
these  customers  were  primarily  evaluating  the  commercial  potential of the
HealthCare  Solutions  Card.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company  will
successfully  maintain  or expand the  Networks  and/or  market  the  HealthCare
Solutions Card.

     The following  discussion and analysis  should be read in conjunction  with
the  financial   statements  and  notes  thereto  appearing  elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus.

Results Of Operations

     Nine Months Ended June 30, 1996 and 1997. No revenues were generated during
either the nine month period ended June 30, 1997 (the "1997 Nine Months") or the
nine month period ended June 30, 1996 (the "1996 Nine Months").

   
     Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  by  107%  from
approximately  $805,000 in the 1996 Nine Months to  approximately  $1,670,000 in
the 1997 Nine Months  primarily  as a result of (i) an increase in the number of
employees  at the  Company,  (ii) an increase in  professional  fees and certain
other expenses, primarily marketing, incurred in connection with the development
of the HealthCare  Solutions  Card,  (iii)  non-recurring,  non-cash  charges of
approximately  $372,000  relating to the fair market value adjustment of certain
shares of  capital  stock  issued to two  stockholders  of the  Company,  (iv) a
non-recurring, non-cash charge of approximately $33,000 
    


                                       21
<PAGE>

related to the write-off of certain  equipment,  primarily computer hardware and
phone system equipment  abandoned upon the installation of the Company's Network
Administration System and phone system in May 1997 and (v) approximately $77,000
incurred  in  connection  with the  cancellation  of an  outstanding  consulting
agreement, of which $67,000 was repaid during the 1997 Nine Months.

     Interest  expense  increased  from  approximately  $3,000  in the 1996 Nine
Months to  approximately  $515,000 in the 1997 Nine Months primarily as a result
of (i) accrued interest of  approximately  $75,000 recorded on the Bridge Notes,
(ii) accretion of the discount  related to the Bridge Financing of approximately
$438,000, and (iii) approximately $13,000 related to various other borrowings by
the Company.  Interest  income  increased by  approximately  $14,000 as a direct
result of the short term  investment of the balance of proceeds  received by the
Company from the Bridge Financing.

   
     Net loss increased by approximately 170% from approximately $808,000 in the
1996 Nine Months to approximately $2,185,000 in the 1997 Nine Months as a result
of the foregoing factors.
    

     Fiscal Years Ended  September 30, 1995 and 1996. No revenues were generated
during the fiscal years ended  September  30, 1995 (the "1995  Fiscal  Year") or
September 30, 1996 (the "1996 Fiscal Year").

     Selling,  general and  administrative  expenses  increased by approximately
952%  from  approximately  $112,000  in the 1995  Fiscal  Year to  approximately
$1,178,000  in the 1996 Fiscal Year  primarily as a result of (i) a full year of
operations  in the 1996 Fiscal Year as compared to only four months in the prior
fiscal  year,  (ii) an  increase in the number of  employees  at the Company and
(iii) an increase in the amount of professional fees and certain other expenses,
primarily  marketing,  incurred  in  connection  with  the  development  of  the
HealthCare Solutions Card.

     Interest expense increased by approximately $36,000 in the 1996 Fiscal Year
compared to no interest expense in the 1995 Fiscal Year primarily as a result of
various borrowings by the Company from banks, stockholders and others.

     Net loss increased by approximately 984% from approximately $112,000 in the
1995 Fiscal Year to approximately $1,214,000 in the 1996 Fiscal Year as a result
of the foregoing factors.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   
     The Company has funded its activities to date  primarily  through loans and
capital  contributions  from principal  stockholders  and private  placements of
equity and debt  securities.  As of June 30,  1997,  the  Company  had a working
capital  deficit of $1,868,259.  Since its  inception,  the Company has received
working capital loans from its principal  stockholders.  In September 1996, such
stockholders  agreed to contribute to the capital of the Company an aggregate of
approximately $466,000 of such indebtedness. See "Certain Transactions."

     In February  and March 1997,  the Company  completed  the Bridge  Financing
which consisted of $2,300,000  principal amount of Bridge Notes bearing interest
at an annual rate of 10% and  warrants to purchase  an  aggregate  of  1,150,000
shares of Class A Common Stock. The proceeds of the Bridge Financing, which were
approximately  $1,964,000  (net of $230,000 in commissions and a $69,000 expense
allowance  paid to the  Representative  for acting as placement  agent and other
expenses of the  private  placement)  have been  utilized by the Company for the
repayment of certain  indebtedness and for working capital  purposes,  including
general and  administrative  expenses and expenses of the Offering.  The Company
intends to repay the principal  and accrued  interest on the Bridge Notes issued
in the Bridge Financing with a portion of the proceeds of the Offering. See "Use
of Proceeds," "Capitalization -- Bridge Financing" and "Certain Transactions."

     The Company requires the proceeds of the Offering to implement its business
plan,  which  includes the  refinement,  sales and  marketing of the  HealthCare
Solutions Card and the possible development of a physician and hospital network.
The Company has  entered  into  certain  equipment  leases  relating to computer
hardware  and  telecommunications  systems  requiring  it to pay an aggregate of
approximately $373,000 through September 2000. In addition,  during the 18-month
period  following  the  Offering,  the Company  has agreed to pay  approximately
$726,000 in  compensation  to its current  executive  officers  and  significant
employees and approximately $68,000 in real estate lease payments. Moreover, the
Company  may seek to  recruit  an  additional  senior  level  executive  officer
following  the  closing of the  Offering  to  complement  its  exisiting  senior
management personnel.  See "Business -- Properties" and "Management -- Executive
Compensation."
    

     The Company expects to continue to incur substantial costs in the near term
in connection  with sales and marketing  activities and the purchase or lease of
additional  computer equipment required for the Network  Administration  System,
all of which is expected to be financed with the proceeds of this Offering.  The
Company does not have any  commitments  for the purchase or lease of  additional
computer equipment required for the Network 


                                       22
<PAGE>

Administration  System,  although the Company  believes  that such  equipment is
commercially available. The Company also expects that general and administrative
costs  necessary  to  support  the   establishment  of  a  sales  and  marketing
organization and other  infrastructure  will increase in the future.  Unless the
Company  is able to  generate  significant  commercial  sales of the  HealthCare
Solutions Card, the Company will continue to incur increasing  operating losses.
There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  ever  achieve  profitable
operations.

   
     The  Company  incurred  non-cash  charges to  operations  of  approximately
$438,000  during  the nine  months  ended  June 30,  1997 and  expects  to incur
additional  non-cash charges to operations  aggregating  approximately  $204,000
through the closing of the  Offering  relating to the Bridge  Financing  and the
repayment of the Bridge  Notes.  The Company also expects to incur an additional
non-cash  charge to earnings  of  approximately  $417,000 in the quarter  ending
September 30, 1997  relating to the fair market value of the warrants  issued to
Neal J. Polan, the Company's  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer,
with an  exercise  price below the fair market  value of the  Company's  Class A
Common Stock.  In addition,  a portion of the warrants  issued to Mr. Polan will
become  exercisable  only upon the attainment by the Company of certain earnings
or market price thresholds.  In the event that such warrants become exercisable,
the Company will  recognize  during the period in which the earnings  thresholds
are probable of being met or such stock levels achieved,  an additional non-cash
charge to earnings equal to the fair market value of the portion of the warrants
subject to such earnings or market price thresholds, which could have the effect
of  significantly  increasing  the  Company's  loss or reducing  or  eliminating
earnings,  if any,  at such time.  See  "Certain  Transactions"  and  "Principal
Stockholders -- Escrow Shares."
    

     The Company  believes  that the  proceeds of the  Offering,  together  with
available  cash, will provide the necessary  liquidity and capital  resources to
sustain  its  planned  operations  for  approximately  18 months  following  the
Offering.  In the event that the Company's  internal  estimates  relating to its
planned expenditures prove materially inaccurate, the Company may be required to
reallocate  funds  among its planned  activities  and  curtail  certain  planned
expenditures.  In any event, the Company anticipates that it will likely require
substantial  additional  financing after such time,  which financing could be in
the form of  equity or debt  financing  or money  received  in  connection  with
collaberative  arrangements that may be entered into in the future.  The Company
has no commitments for any future  financing and there can be no assurance as to
the  availability  or terms of any required  additional  financing,  when and if
needed.  In the event that the Company fails to raise any funds it requires,  it
may be necessary  for the Company to  significantly  curtail its  activities  or
cease operations. See "Use of Proceeds."

   
     Release of Escrow  Shares.  In connection  with the  Offering,  the current
stockholders of the Company are placing, on a pro rata basis, a portion of their
shares  into  escrow  pending  the  Company's  attainment  of  certain  earnings
thresholds or per share stock price  thresholds.  The  Commission  has taken the
position with respect to the release of securities from escrow that in the event
the Escrow Shares are released from escrow to directors,  officers, employees or
consultants of the Company, the release will be treated, for financial reporting
purposes, as compensation expense to the Company.  Accordingly,  in the event of
the release of the Escrow Shares,  the Company will recognize  during the period
in which the  earnings or market  price  targets  are met or become  probable of
being met, a substantial non-cash charge which would substantially  increase the
Company's loss or reduce or eliminate earnings, if any, at such time. The amount
of compensation  expense recognized by the Company will not affect the Company's
total  stockholders'  equity.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company will
attain the targets  which  would  enable the Escrow  Shares to be released  from
escrow. See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow Shares."
    

     The recognition of the potential charges to income described above may have
a depressive effect on the market price of the Company's securities.


                                       23
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS
General

   
     The Company is a development stage enterprise organized to develop,  market
and  administer  a health care  benefit  services  program  which is designed to
enable  participants  ("Members") to obtain  discounts on purchases of ancillary
health care products and services  through certain  networks (the "Networks") of
health care  providers  (the  "Providers").  The Networks with which the Company
currently  maintains  contracts  comprise an aggregate of  approximately  44,000
participating Providers of eye care, dental, hearing,  pharmacy and chiropractic
benefits  throughout the United  States,  and Members will be able to access the
Networks  through  the  use  of a  discount  membership  card  (the  "HealthCare
Solutions  Card").  The  HealthCare  Solutions  Card is expected to be marketed,
directly  and  through  independent  brokers,   agents  and  consumer  marketing
organizations, to individuals and to employers, health maintenance organizations
("HMOs") and business and other associations (collectively,  "Sponsors") who may
either  purchase  the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card  for,  or offer it to,  their
employees or members.
    

     The Company  believes  that the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card  addresses two
significant concerns in the healthcare industry: cost containment and the rising
number of people  who are  underinsured.  The  Company  also  believes  that the
HealthCare Solutions Card will provide a low-cost,  non-insurance alternative to
individuals who are seeking to reduce their out-of-pocket  health care costs not
covered by insurance or who are unable to obtain  health care  insurance  due to
their medical  history,  age or occupation.  For an annual fee expected to range
from approximately $60 to $80, Members will be able to obtain discounts of 5% to
60% off the retail or usual and customary prices from  participating  providers.
Acceptance  in  the  Company's  program  is  unrestricted,  and  the  HealthCare
Solutions  Card can be used to cover any  member of the  cardholder's  immediate
family. The Company's revenues are initially expected to be derived  principally
from the  receipt of annual or monthly  enrollment  fees paid by or on behalf of
Members  for the  right  to  obtain  discounts  at the  point of  purchase  from
providers in the Networks with whom the Company has contracted.

     Since  its  inception,  the  Company's  activities  have  consisted  of (i)
designing and developing a network  administration  and management  system which
the Company  believes will  facilitate  data processing and enhance its customer
service  capabilities (the "Network  Administration  System"),  (ii) negotiating
contracts  with Networks of  Providers,  (iii)  organizing a marketing  force to
market the HealthCare  Solutions Card and (iv) test  marketing.  The Company has
only recently  begun to market the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card and is currently
focusing  its  initial  marketing  efforts in the states of  Illinois,  Indiana,
Missouri and Texas. To date, only minimal sales of the HealthCare Solutions Card
have  taken  place  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  the  Company  will
successfully  maintain or complete the  Networks  and/or  market the  HealthCare
Solutions  Card.  There can also be no  assurance  that sales of the  HealthCare
Solutions Card will ever result in the Company achieving profitable operations.

Strategy

     The Company's  strategy is to focus  principally on (i) expanding the range
of  ancillary  and other  health  care  services  and  products  included in the
Networks, (ii) expanding the Networks to include additional Providers throughout
the  United  States,   (iii)   expanding  the  Company's   sales  and  marketing
capabilities  and (iv) the  possible  development  of a physician  and  hospital
network. The principal elements of the Company's strategy are as follows:

     Expand the Range of Services and Products  Provided.  The Company will seek
to enter into  agreements  with Networks  that offer  ancillary and other health
care  services and products not currently  offered under the Company's  program.
The Company  intends to monitor the market and the needs of Members and Sponsors
for  additional  services that might be  available.  The Company also intends to
monitor the market for new medical benefits  products that might be incorporated
into, or marketed in conjunction with, the HealthCare Solutions Card.

     Expand Provider Networks.  In addition to seeking agreements with providers
of services and products not currently included in the HealthCare Solutions Card
program,  the Company  also  intends to enter into  agreements  with  additional
Networks  that offer  ancillary  services  already  offered by the Company.  For
example, while most of the Networks currently under contract are nationwide, the
Company may choose to  supplement  its existing  coverage in certain  geographic
areas by offering access to additional providers.  Where necessary,  the Company
intends to contract with  additional  Networks to  participate  in the Company's
programs  simultaneously  with  the  development  of  a  membership  base  in  a
particular  geographical  area.  The Company  believes that a greater  number of
participating  providers  will  increase  the  convenience,  and  therefore  the
attractiveness, of the HealthCare Solutions Card.

                                       24
<PAGE>

     Expand Sales and Marketing  Capabilities.  The Company intends to establish
relationships  with additional  independent sales  representatives to market the
HealthCare  Solutions  Card. The Company  believes that such  arrangements  will
allow  it to  leverage  its  resources  by  providing  potential  access  to the
extensive  contacts  and  relationships   maintained  by  such  representatives.
Although  the Company has  entered  into  numerous  contracts  with  independent
brokers,  substantially  all of such brokers  concentrate  their  efforts in the
states of Illinois,  Indiana,  Missouri  and Texas.  The Company  believes  that
additional   relationships   that  it  may  establish  with  independent   sales
representatives  will  enable the  Company  to expand its focus into  additional
states throughout the United States. See "-- Sales and Marketing."

     Develop Physician and Hospital Network.  The Company is currently exploring
the  possibility  of developing a product that will offer a national  network of
physicians and hospitals and has entered into a non-binding  letter of intent to
establish a joint venture with a preferred  provider  organization  ("PPO") that
maintains  a  nationwide   network  of  approximately   250,000  physicians  and
hospitals.  There can be no  assurance  that the letter of intent will result in
the execution of definitive  agreements or that any such  physician and hospital
network  will be  established.  See "Risk  Factors -- Risks  Related to Possible
Entry into  Physician  and Hospital  Network  Business"  and "-- The  HealthCare
Solutions Card -Potential Physician and Hospital Services."

Industry Overview

     In recent  years,  the cost of  health-related  products  and  services has
increased at a rate  significantly  greater than the general rate of  inflation.
Such increasing  costs have led to limitations on  reimbursement  from insurance
companies,  health maintenance organizations ("HMOs") and government sources and
have generated demand for products and services  designed to control health care
costs.  Many  employers  have  responded  to the  increased  cost  of  providing
insurance to their  employees  by reducing or  eliminating  available  insurance
coverage  and  by  requiring   employees  to  contribute  heavily  to  premiums,
especially  for family  members.  As a result,  the  Employee  Benefit  Research
Institute  estimates  that in  1995,  approximately  40  million  Americans,  or
approximately  17%  of the  population  under  the  age  of  65,  had no  health
insurance,  and  most  Americans  lacked  insurance  coverage  for  one or  more
ancillary health care services.  In addition,  based upon a 1995 Blue Cross Blue
Shield Survey it is estimated that in 1995, approximately $140 billion was spent
on ancillary health care services, including eye care, dental and pharmaceutical
services and that  approximately  only $50 billion of such amount was reimbursed
by a third party.

     Moreover,  as a result of the "baby boom" generation,  the group of persons
over the age of 50 is currently the fastest growing segment of the United States
population. As the population ages, a greater percentage of the total population
is likely to need  vision,  pharmacy,  dental  and  hearing  care  products  and
services, many of which are not covered by Medicare.

The Healthcare Solutions Card

   
     General.  The  HealthCare  Solutions  Card will  enable  Members  to obtain
discounts of  approximately  5% to 60% on  purchases  of  ancillary  health care
products and services through certain  Networks of providers.  Members will have
access to participating  Providers, and will automatically receive a discount at
the  point-of-purchase  upon  presentment of the HealthCare  Solutions  Card. To
date, the Company has entered into  non-exclusive  agreements  with six national
networks of eye care service  providers,  a national  network of dental  service
providers,  two discount pharmacy provider  networks,  two national providers of
hearing products and services,  and a national  network of chiropractic  service
providers to  participate in the Network so that Members will be entitled to the
benefits  received by participants in their respective  provider  networks.  The
Networks with which the Company has contracted were generally created to provide
individuals with access to medical services at reduced costs and to provide such
individuals  with broader  geographical  access to such  providers.  Pursuant to
agreements  entered  into  between  the  Networks  health  care  and  providers,
providers  have agreed to provide health care services to members of the Network
at reduced  costs and, in exchange,  providers  are given  access to  additional
patients and additional sources of revenue.

     The Company's  agreements  with Networks are generally for a term of one to
three  years and  provide  for  termination  by  either  party in the event of a
default  or,  at any  time  after a  stipulated  period  of time  following  the
execution of the agreement  (generally  ranging from six months to three years),
upon 60 to 90 days prior written  notice.  The agreements also provide that upon
termination  of an  agreement  for any reason,  the  Company  and the  Providers
participating in such Networks will continue to provide services to Members, for
the term of their  enrollment,  
    


                                       25
<PAGE>

   
if they  purchased the HealthCare  Solutions Card for access to such  Provider's
network  prior to such  termination.  In addition,  certain of these  agreements
provide  for the payment of a  stipulated  access fee per card per year from the
Company  to the  respective  Network  to provide  Members  with  access to their
network of Providers.  In the case of the Company's  agreement with Prescription
Care, Inc. ("PCI"), the Company will also receive from such Network a stipulated
commission for each prescription ordered by a Member.

     The Company recently  completed test marketing of the HealthCare  Solutions
Card in the Kansas City,  Missouri  area and  distributed  approximately  12,000
cards for such purpose.  The test  marketing was designed  primarily to test the
Company's customer service capabilities and the Network  Administration  System.
As a result of the test  marketing,  the Company  determined  that its  customer
service  capabilities  and the current Network  Administration  System (together
with certain anticipated  implementation  activities) were sufficient to satisfy
the Company's anticipated needs for at least the next 12 months.
    

     Eye Care  Services.  The Company's  Networks  include eye care services and
products  designed  to provide  savings to Members by  reducing  the cost of eye
examinations,  contact  lenses and  eyeglass  frames  and lenses  (the "Eye Care
Plan").  Pursuant to  non-exclusive  agreements  with  Association  for Eye Care
Centers,  Inc., Cohen Fashion Optical, ECCA Managed Vision Care, National Vision
Associates, Ltd., Sterling Vision, Inc. and Wal*Mart, each a national network of
eye care providers (the "Eye Care Providers"),  the Eye Care Plan will initially
be comprised of an aggregate of approximately 6,000 opticians,  optometrists and
ophthalmologists  located throughout the United States. Under the Eye Care Plan,
Members will be entitled to receive eye care  services and  products,  including
eye  examinations,   contact  lens  fittings  and  eye  wear  purchases,   at  a
pre-determined  discount off the usual and customary  amounts charged by the Eye
Care  Providers.  Members  will also be eligible to receive a discount on radial
keratotomy (RK) surgical  procedures,  a surgical  procedure designed to correct
nearsightedness  and a procedure  which is typically not covered by  traditional
health insurance.

     Based on industry  data,  the Company  believes that  approximately  65% of
working-age Americans wear corrective eyewear. Industry data also indicates that
approximately  one out of every five people,  whether or not wearing  corrective
eyewear,  is in need of additional vision  correction.  As the population in the
United  States  ages,  there is  expected  to be a greater  need for  corrective
eyewear.  In addition,  the  increase in the number of persons  working at video
display  terminals has led to increased eye care needs among employees and calls
for  legislation  which  may  require  employers  to  provide  certain  eye care
benefits.

     Pursuant  to the  Company's  eye  care  provider  contracts,  the Eye  Care
Providers  have agreed to provide eye care  services  and products to Members in
the  Company's  Eye Care Plan at  discounts  ranging  from 5% to 30% off  retail
prices.  Such services and products will be provided by opticians,  optometrists
and ophthalmologists  working at vision care centers managed and administered by
the Eye Care  Providers.  The Eye Care  Providers  are  expected  to solicit and
contract with additional Providers to participate in the eye care segment of the
Company's   Networks   and  have  agreed  to  continue  to  manage  and  provide
administrative services to Providers at their respective vision care centers.

   
     Dental  Services.  The  Company's  Networks  include  dental  services  and
products  designed to provide  savings to Members by reducing the cost of dental
examinations  and products  (the  "Dental  Plan").  Pursuant to a  non-exclusive
agreement with CAREINGTON  international  ("Careington"),  a national network of
dental  service  providers,  the Dental Plan will  initially  be comprised of an
aggregate of approximately 15,000 dentists located throughout the United States.
Under the Dental Plan,  Members will be entitled to receive dental  services and
products,  including  routine  check-ups  and  cleanings,  at  a  pre-determined
discount off the usual and customary amount charged by the Providers.
    

     Although  many large  employers  offer  dental  benefit  coverage  to their
employees,  according to the 1993 Foster  Higgins  Survey of Employee  Sponsored
Health Plans,  only 37% of employers  with less than 200 employees  offer dental
benefits.  Moreover, according to the American Dental Association (1992), dental
care is the leading neglected health need in the United States.

     Pursuant to the Company's  contract with Careington,  Careington has agreed
to provide dental services and products to Members in the Company's  Dental Plan
at discounts of 10% to 60% off usual and customary prices. Members in the Dental
Plan will have access to Careington's  network of dentists throughout the United
States,  and as the Company  expands the Dental Plan,  Careington  has agreed to
solicit and contract with  additional  dental  Providers to  participate  in the
Networks. Careington has agreed to continue to manage and provide administrative
services to Providers included in its dental network.


                                       26
<PAGE>

   
     Pharmaceutical   Plans.   The   Company's   Networks   include   a   retail
pharmaceutical  plan  (the  "Retail   Pharmaceutical  Plan")  and  a  mail-order
pharmaceutical plan (the "Mail-Order  Pharmaceutical  Plan"). In connection with
such pharmaceutical  plans,  Members will only have the ability to access one of
the Providers in such plan and the  HealthCare  Solutions Card delivered to each
Member will  identify the Provider in the retail and  mail-order  pharmaceutical
plan to which such Member will have access. Pursuant to non-exclusive agreements
with The Inteq Group, Inc. and Pharma-Link, Inc. ("Pharma-Link"), each a network
of national pharmacy chains,  the Retail  Pharmaceutical  Plan will initially be
comprised of  approximately  19,000  national  pharmacies  throughout the United
States.  Members  enrolling  in the Retail  Pharmaceutical  Plan will be able to
obtain  discounts of 12% for brand name drugs and 20% for generic  drugs off the
average wholesale price, plus certain  dispensing fees, at the point of purchase
at participating national pharmacy chains.

     Pursuant to the Company's  agreement with  Pharma-Link  and a non-exclusive
agreement  with PCI,  an  operator  of a  mail-order  pharmacy  system,  Members
enrolling in the Mail-Order Pharmaceutical Plan will be able to obtain discounts
of  14-15%  for  brand  name  drugs and 40% for  generic  drugs off the  average
wholesale  price,  plus certain  dispensing  and shipping and handling fees. The
Company  will also  receive a small  commission  from PCI for each  prescription
order filled by PCI through the Mail-Order Pharmaceutical Plan.

     Although  Members  may  continue to purchase  acute  prescription  drugs at
retail  pharmacies,  Network  Pharmacies and other retail  outlets,  the Company
believes that the Mail-Order Pharmaceutical Plan will find acceptance among many
Members due to the economy and convenience that such program offers. The Company
also believes that the added personal  convenience of receiving as much as a 100
day supply of  prescription  maintenance  drugs  instead of the  shorter  supply
(typically 30 to 34 days) generally provided by other prescription drug programs
which utilize participating retail pharmacies will be attractive to Members. The
purchase of prescription maintenance drugs through the Mail-Order Pharmaceutical
Plan may also result in substantial  savings to Members.  By using  professional
staff only for the purpose of dispensing  prescription  maintenance drugs rather
than for the many nonprofessional  tasks associated with the operation of retail
drug stores, the Company believes that mail service  pharmacies  generally incur
lower operating costs than current retail  pharmacy-based  delivery  systems and
will therefore be able to pass along a portion of these savings to Members.

     Hearing  Services.  The Company's  Networks  include  hearing  services and
products  designed to provide savings to Members by reducing the cost of hearing
examinations  and products (the  "Hearing  Plan").  Pursuant to agreements  with
Miracle Ear and Beltone Managed Care,  Inc.  ("Beltone"),  national  networks of
hearing products and service  providers (the "Hearing  Providers"),  the Hearing
Plan will initially be comprised of an aggregate of  approximately  1,000 retail
locations  throughout the United States. Under the Hearing Plan, Members will be
entitled to receive hearing services and products,  including  routine check-ups
and hearing aid products and accessory purchases,  at a pre-determined  discount
off the usual and customary amount charged by the Providers.

    

     Pursuant to the  Company's  contracts  with  Miracle Ear and  Beltone,  the
Hearing Providers have agreed to provide hearing  examinations and certain other
services  at no cost to Members in the  Company's  Hearing  Plan and hearing aid
products at  discounts of 15% to 20% off retail  prices.  Members in the Hearing
Plan will have  access to  participating  Miracle  Ear  franchises  and  Beltone
providers  throughout the United States,  and as the Company expands the Hearing
Plan,  Miracle Ear and  Beltone  have  agreed to market the  Company's  plan and
encourage additional Miracle Ear franchises and Beltone providers to participate
in the  Networks.  Miracle Ear and Beltone have agreed to continue to manage and
provide administrative services to their respective providers.

     Chiropractic Services. The Company's Networks include chiropractic services
designed  to provide  savings to Members by  reducing  the cost of  chiropractic
examinations  and related  services (the  "Chiropractic  Plan").  Pursuant to an
agreement  with  ChiroSource  Inc.   ("ChiroSource"),   a  national  network  of
chiropractic  service  providers,   the  Chiropractic  Plan  will  initially  be
comprised of an aggregate of approximately 3,000 providers throughout the United
States.  Under the  Chiropractic  Plan,  Members  will be  entitled  to  receive
chiropractic services,  including chiropractic examinations and related services
at a  pre-determined  discount off the usual and customary amount charged by the
Providers.

     Based upon the National Board of Chiropractic  Examiners,  approximately 18
million  people in the United  States used  chiropractic  services in 1995.  The
Company  believes that many of these  services  were not covered by  traditional
health care insurance.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     Pursuant  to  the  Company's   contract  with  ChiroSource,   participating
chiropractors  have  agreed to provide  chiropractic  examinations  and  related
services at  discounts  of 20% off usual and  customary  prices.  Members in the
Chiropractic Plan will have access to participating chiropractors throughout the
United  States.  ChiroSource  has  agreed to  solicit  additional  Providers  to
participate in the chiropractic segment of the Company's Networks and has agreed
to continue to manage and provide  administrative  services to the chiropractors
participating in ChiroSource's network.

     Potential  Physician  and  Hospital  Services.  The  Company  is  currently
exploring the  possibility  of developing a product that will offer a network of
physicians and hospitals and has entered into a non-binding  letter of intent to
establish a joint  venture  with a PPO that  maintains a  nationwide  network of
approximately 250,000 physicians and hospitals. As currently proposed, the joint
venture would involve the establishment of a new entity, to be owned 50% by each
party, that would serve as the parties' exclusive vehicle for the development of
a physician and hospital  network  business.  There can be no assurance that the
letter of intent will result in the execution of  definitive  agreements or that
any such  physician  and hospital  network  will be  established.  However,  the
Company   believes  that  the  large  number  of  uninsured   and   underinsured
individuals, coupled with the rising costs incurred by businesses,  particularly
small businesses who employ  approximately 40% of the country's  workforce,  and
the advent of tax-preferred Medical Savings Accounts, may present an opportunity
to develop a core health care product.  In the event that the Company determines
to develop a physician and hospital network  product,  the Company believes that
it would be marketed principally through insurance brokers,  rather than through
consumer marketing organizations or other independent sales representatives.

Advantages of the Healthcare Solutions Card

     Advantages to Members.  In addition to providing access to ancillary health
care products and services on a discounted fee-for-service basis at the point of
purchase,  the Company believes the HealthCare Solutions Card will be attractive
to  Members  because  of its  flexibility  and  ease of use.  Membership  in the
HealthCare  Solutions  Card  program  will be  unrestricted,  thereby  providing
potential benefits to individuals who, because of their medical history,  age or
occupation,  are  otherwise  unable  to obtain  such  benefits.  The  HealthCare
Solutions Card will cover each person in the Member's  immediate  family and can
be  used  as  often  as  each  participant  wishes.  In  addition,  unlike  many
traditional  indemnity or managed care programs,  Members will have no paperwork
or claims to prepare,  no waiting periods,  and no prior  authorizations will be
required.  Moreover, in certain cases, membership in the Company's programs will
entitle  Members to benefits that would otherwise be unavailable or difficult to
obtain.  For example,  the  Company's  Mail-Order  Pharmaceutical  Plan provides
access to mail  order  pharmacies  that will  enable  Members  to obtain  longer
supplies  of drugs and home  delivery.  In  addition,  even  where a Member  may
already  have  insurance  for a particular  ancillary  product,  the  HealthCare
Solutions Card will entitle Members to various discounted  products and services
that would  typically  be  excluded  from  traditional  health  care  insurance,
including   certain   pharmaceuticals,    vitamins,    growth   hormones,   oral
contraceptives,  smoking  deterrents and fertility  drugs,  and certain elective
procedures and services.

     Advantages to Providers and Networks. The Company believes that health care
providers will be attracted to the Company's program because it will enable them
to obtain additional patients who are Members while allowing Providers to retain
their existing  practices.  Although Members generally pay fees and charges less
than those of  non-Members,  the  incremental  business  from  Members can be an
important  source of revenue to the  Providers,  with  little or no  increase in
their  overhead  costs.  However,  there can be no assurance that Providers will
continue to participate in the Networks even if their  participation  results in
such an increase in revenues  since the Member  portion of their business may be
relatively less profitable.  In addition,  the Company believes that its program
will be attractive to provider  networks  because it may increase the likelihood
that Providers will affiliate with provider  networks in order to have access to
Members, and accordingly,  provider networks may realize increased revenues from
such affiliations.

     Advantages to Sponsors.  The Company believes that the HealthCare Solutions
Card will assist  Sponsors in their  efforts to attract and retain  employees by
enabling them to offer a more complete health care benefits package.  Similarly,
as competition between HMOs for participants continues to intensify, the Company
believes  that the  HealthCore  Solutions  Card will enable HMOs to offer a more
complete,  and  therefore  more  attractive,  array  of  potential  health  care
benefits.  In addition,  due to the low cost of the HealthCare  Solutions  Card,
Sponsors may even choose to offer it to part-time  employees,  who often are not
eligible  for health care  benefits  offered to full-time  


                                       28
<PAGE>

employees.  Moreover,  because the HealthCare  Solutions Card is a discount card
and not an insurance product, Sponsors can offer discounts to their employees or
members without bearing any economic risk over the annual cost of the card.

Sales and Marketing

   
     The Company  intends to rely  primarily  upon the  services of  independent
sales   representatives,   including   brokers,   agents,   consumer   marketing
organizations  and  associations,  to market the HealthCare  Solutions Card. The
Company  anticipates  that  such  arrangements  will  generally  provide  for  a
commission  based upon a percentage of sales of the HealthCare  Solutions  Card,
which  commission  is expected to range from 20% to 50% of the  aggregate  sales
price. The Company believes that there are a large number of independent brokers
and other agents  nationwide with whom the Company may establish  relationships.
To date,  the Company has entered into  numerous  agreements  with  individuals,
substantially  all of whom are affiliated with AFLAC,  who are expected to serve
as  independent  brokers.  The Company  intends to  continue  to  contract  with
additional  independent  brokers in the future and believes  that certain of its
Networks may provide the Company with access to additional  independent brokers.
In  addition,  the  Company  maintains  an in-house  sales force that  currently
consists  of  three  persons,   and  the  Company  intends  to  hire  additional
salespersons as needed in the near term.
    

     The Company intends to market the HealthCare  Solutions Card principally to
potential Sponsors,  including insurance carriers,  third party  administrators,
corporations, HMOs, preferred provider organizations, Blue Cross and Blue Shield
organizations  and  unions,  which have,  or have  access to, a large  number of
potential Members.  The Company believes that its use of independent brokers and
third party  administrators  will not only provide  immediate access to specific
organizations  with  potential  Members,  but will also  enable  the  Company to
establish   relationships  with  these  individuals  and  entities  who  may  be
gatekeepers to even greater numbers of potential Members through their extensive
contacts in their respective industries.

     The Company  anticipates  that  Sponsors  will  either fund the  HealthCare
Solutions  Card  program on behalf of their  members or  employees so that every
eligible individual in the organization  becomes a Member or they will offer the
HealthCare  Solutions Card to their members or employees as an option where each
individual will be responsible for purchasing the HealthCare  Solutions Card and
paying the annual fee (either directly or through a payroll deduction plan). The
Company  also  expects to market  the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card  directly  to
potential  Members,  particularly in cases where a Sponsor offers the HealthCare
Solutions Card as an unpaid option to its members or employees.

     The Company  also  intends to market the  HealthCare  Solutions  Card as an
"affinity" card to selected large Sponsors,  including  large  corporations  and
consumer marketing  organizations.  Pursuant to such affinity card arrangements,
the  Sponsor  would be able to custom  design,  and  place its own name on,  the
HealthCare  Solutions Card. In certain cases,  the Company's name may not appear
on the card, although the Company would provide access to its Networks,  as well
as all required fulfillment  services.  The Company believes that affinity cards
will be attractive to certain  Sponsors  because they will enable the Sponsor to
more closely identify itself with the benefit provided to the Member.  Moreover,
the Company believes that the preexisting relationship, or affinity, between the
Sponsor and its employees or members may enhance the likelihood that a potential
Member will purchase the card.

     The Company's ability to demonstrate its customer service capabilities will
be a key element in the Company's marketing efforts,  particularly those efforts
targeting large Sponsors.  The Company believes that the Network  Administration
System,  once  fully  operational,  will  enable  the  Company  to  quickly  and
efficiently  respond to requests of Members and Sponsors and will be critical to
the Company's sales and marketing  efforts.  See "-- The Network  Administration
System."

     The  Company  anticipates  that its  marketing  efforts,  and the  expenses
associated therewith, will be heavily concentrated in the first few years of its
operation.  The  Company's  marketing  efforts will  emphasize  the  substantial
potential  discounts to Members  through their use of the  HealthCare  Solutions
Card, as well as the broad array of ancillary  health care services and products
which are included in the Company's Networks.

The Network Administration System

     The Company has substantially  completed the initial design and development
of the Network  Administration System, a management information system which the
Company believes will (i) facilitate its ability to process Member  applications
and access Member and Provider data, (ii) enhance the Company's customer service
capabilities  


                                       29
<PAGE>

and (iii)  facilitate its ability to process and pay  commissions to brokers and
fees  to  certain   Networks.   See  "--  Sales  and   Marketing."  The  Network
Administration  System  database will contain  information  relating to Members,
such as eligibility in the respective plan,  services and products  available to
Members,  the  discounts  available  to the Member for  services  and  products,
locations  of  Providers  and  utilization  data  provided  to the  Company on a
quarterly basis by each of the Providers in the Networks.  The Company  believes
that  the  Network  Administration  System  will  enable  it to  enroll  Members
electronically,  quickly respond to information requests from Members,  Sponsors
and Providers,  assist  Members in locating the nearest  Provider and facilitate
billing and data processing.

     The  Company  is  also  developing  an  internet  web  site  which  will be
accessible  by  existing  and  potential   Providers,   Sponsors,   Members  and
independent sales  representatives.  Individuals  accessing the web site will be
able to review the ancillary health care benefit plans offered by the Company, a
list of Providers in the Networks and their locations, the products and services
provided by the Providers,  the discounts  available to Members for services and
products  and  any  special  promotions.  Individuals  accessing  the  Company's
internet  web site  will  also be able to  immediately  apply  for a  HealthCare
Solutions Card by filling out an application online.

Competition

     The  Company  believes  that a  critical  element  of its  business  is the
competition  for  a  portion  of  the  benefit  dollars   allocated  by  various
organizations for employee benefit programs.  The Company competes for a portion
of those dollars with various other  cost-containment  marketing  organizations,
pharmacy  indemnity  programs,   retail  pharmacies,   mail  order  prescription
companies,  preferred  provider  organizations,  HMOs,  health  care  membership
programs  and other  ancillary  health care  insurance  programs for Members and
Providers.  With  respect to its vision,  hearing,  dental,  pharmaceutical  and
chiropractic  businesses,  the  Company  will  compete for  potential  Sponsors,
Members and Providers,  depending on the geographic area or market, with various
entities that have developed  discount  membership  cards which provide national
coverage,  including AT&T, CUC International,  Inc. and J.C. Penney & Co., Inc.,
and  entities  that have  developed  discount  membership  cards  which  provide
regional coverage only. The Company will also compete with various organizations
which provide  services and products in specific areas of ancillary  healthcare.
With  respect to eye care  services,  the  Company  will  compete  with  various
provider organizations,  including Avesis, Cole Vision, Eye Care Plan of America
and Spectrum Vision Systems.  With respect to its pharmaceutical  services,  the
Company will  compete with cost  containment  marketing  organizations  for mail
order prescription drugs, such as Medco Containment  Services,  Inc.,  America's
Pharmacy (a division of Caremark,  Inc.), Health Care Services,  Inc. and Thrift
Drug (a division  of J.C.  Penney & Co.,  Inc.);  the  pharmacy  division of the
non-profit American  Association of Retired Persons;  service delivered pharmacy
indemnity  programs;  independent and  chain-operated  retail pharmacy  outlets,
retail  medical/surgical  supply  companies  and other mail  order  prescription
companies;  HMOs and health care membership programs.  Most of these competitors
have had longer operating  histories and have  significantly  greater financial,
marketing  and  administrative  resources  than  the  Company.  There  can be no
assurance  that the Company will develop  products that achieve  greater  market
acceptance than competitive products or that the Company's  competitors will not
succeed in developing  products  that would render the  Company's  products less
competitive or obsolete.

     The Company  believes  that the broad range of choices of ancillary  health
care benefit  packages,  its customer  service  capabilities  resulting from the
Network  Administration System and its competitive pricing will differentiate it
from its  competitors and may enable it to offer a more  comprehensive  and cost
effective solution to its customers' needs. See "-- Sales and Marketing."

Government Regulation

     The  delivery of health care  products and services is subject to extensive
federal,  state  and  local  regulation,   including  but  not  limited  to  the
prohibition  of business  corporations  from providing  medical care,  fraud and
abuse provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid statutes, state laws that prohibit
referral fees and fee splitting and certain regulations  applicable to insurance
companies  and  certain  organizations  that  provide or arrange for health care
services.  The Company believes that certain registration and licensing laws and
regulations in certain states in which the Company  intends to operate may apply
to the Company's operations. In addition, statutes and regulations applicable to
other health care organizations  with which the Company may contract,  including
without  limitation  those  relating to fee splitting,  referral  fees,  patient
freedom of choice,  provider rights to participate and  antidiscrimination,  may
impact  the  Company  and  may  result  in the  delay  or  denial  of  any  such
organization's  participation  in the Company's  Networks.  The utilization fees
received by the Company in connection  with the 


                                       30
<PAGE>

   
Mail-Order  Pharmaceutical  Plan might be  construed to  contravene  the literal
provisions of these statutes and  regulations in a number of states in which the
Company  intends to operate.  Although  the Company has not obtained any rulings
from any governmental authorities or an opinion of counsel with regard to any of
these matters,  the Company believes that the extent of its compliance with such
laws and  regulations  as they are  currently  enforced  and  applicable  to the
Company  is  consistent  with  current  industry  practices  and will not have a
material  adverse  effect on its business.  However,  legislation in these areas
continues  to evolve and there can be no assurance  that changes in  enforcement
and  compliance  practices  will  not  occur  in the  future,  or that  existing
legislation  will not be  expanded.  In any such  event,  the  Company  could be
required to effect  registration in various additional states,  post substantial
fidelity or surety bonds and/or meet other financial  requirements in connection
therewith.  Alternatively,  the Company could be required to modify the products
and services  offered by it, modify its contractual  arrangements  with Networks
and  Sponsors or be  precluded  from  providing  some or all of its products and
services  in certain  states.  Any or all of the  foregoing  consequences,  or a
determination  that  the  Company  is in  violation  of any  applicable  laws or
regulations, could have a material adverse effect on the Company.
    

Proprietary Rights

     The Company's Network  Administration System is a critical component of the
Company's  ability to provide  customer  service  and process  other  data.  The
Company relies on trade secrets to establish and protect its proprietary  rights
to its Network  Administration  System.  However, trade secrets are difficult to
protect and there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop
substantially  equivalent proprietary technology or otherwise gain access to the
Company's  trade  secrets or disclose such  technology,  or that the Company can
meaningfully protect its rights to unpatented trade secrets.

     The  Company  has  applied  for  rights  to  the   tradenames   "HEALTHCARE
SOLUTIONS,"  "THE  SOLUTIONS  CARD,"  "HEALTHCARE   SAVINGS.   GUARANTEED,"  and
"HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC." and the  service  marks for  "HEALTHCARE
SOLUTIONS"  AND  "HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC." from the United  States
Patent and Trademark Office, but there can be no assurance that such rights will
be granted. If the Company is not able effectively to protect itself against use
of similar  trade names or service  marks,  or if the Company's use of its trade
names or service  marks are found to  infringe  upon the  proprietary  rights of
third parties, the Company's business could be adversely affected.

Employees

   
     The Company  currently has 13 full-time  employees.  The Company intends to
hire additional sales,  management and administrative  personnel.  The Company's
future  success  depends in significant  part upon the continued  service of its
executive  officers  and key  personnel  and its  ability to attract  and retain
highly qualified sales and marketing and managerial  personnel.  Competition for
such  personnel is intense and there can be no assurance  that key employees can
be retained or that it can attract,  assimilate or retain other highly qualified
sales and marketing and managerial personnel can be retained in the future. None
of the Company's  employees is represented by a labor union. The Company has not
experienced any work stoppages and considers its relations with its employees to
be good.
    

Facilities

     The Company  currently  leases  approximately  4,000  square feet of office
space in  Grandview,  Missouri  for its  executive  offices  pursuant to a lease
agreement that provides for monthly rent of approximately  $2,300 and expires in
October 1999 and approximately 1,000 square feet of office space in Springfield,
Missouri for the development of the Network  Administration System pursuant to a
lease  agreement  that  provides  for monthly rent of  approximately  $1,100 and
expires in May 1998. The Company also  reimburses an entity  affiliated with the
Company's  Chairman and Chief Executive Officer  approximately  $1,000 per month
for the use of certain office space in New York, New York. The Company  believes
that such office space will be suitable for the current and anticipated needs of
the Company.

Legal Proceedings

     The Company is not involved in any material legal proceedings.

                                       31
<PAGE>


                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Directors and Significant Employees

     The  following  table  sets  forth the  names,  ages and  positions  of the
executive officers, directors and significant employees of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

            Name                              Age                        Position
            -----                             ---                        --------
   
Executive Officers and Directors
   <S>                                        <C>     <C>                                                   
   Neal J. Polan.........................     46      Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
   James H. Steinheider..................     48      Chief Financial Officer and  Chief Operating
                                                      Officer
   Eli Levitin...........................     33      Director
   Norman H. Werthwein...................     52      Director

Significant Employees
   Thomas J. Pitzenberger................     42      National Marketing Director-- HealthCare Division
   Ben E. Randall........................     53      Vice President-- Information Systems
   Terrence R. Reigers...................     49      Vice President-- Sales and Marketing
   Ronald F. Torchia.....................     59      Vice President and Secretary
    

</TABLE>

     NEAL J. POLAN  joined the  Company as its  Chairman of the Board in January
1997 and was elected as Chief Executive Officer in April 1997. Mr. Polan expects
to devote  approximately 50% of his business time to activities on behalf of the
Company.  Mr.  Polan has served as the Managing  Director of National  Financial
Co.,  a middle  market  merchant  bank  since  April  1996.  From  March 1992 to
September  1994,  Mr. Polan served as the  President  and a director of Sterling
Vision,  Inc., one of the largest  optical  retailers in the United States and a
publicly traded company.

   
     JAMES H.  STEINHEIDER  has been  the  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief
Operating  Officer of the Company since March 1997. Mr.  Steinheider also served
as a director  of the  Company  from March 1997 until his  resignation  from the
Board of Directors in September  1997.  From December 1994 to February 1997, Mr.
Steinheider  served as the  founder  and  President  of the CFO Group,  Inc.,  a
consulting  company that provided chief financial  officer services to small and
mid-sized  companies.  From September  1995 to February  1997,  Mr.  Steinheider
served as the Chief Financial Officer of Earth Partners, Inc., a manufacturer of
recycling  equipment for the automotive  industry.  From October 1992 to October
1993, Mr.  Steinheider  served as the Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial
Officer of Medifax,  Inc.,  a provider  of medical  transcription  services  for
physicians and hospitals. Mr. Steinheider is a Certified Public Accountant.
    

     ELI LEVITIN has served as a director of the Company since July 1997.  Since
December  1993,  Mr.  Levitin has served as the  General  Counsel of Acta Realty
Corp., a real estate  investment and management  company.  Prior to joining Acta
Realty,  Mr. Levitin was an associate at White & Case, a New York law firm, from
October 1991 to December  1993.  Mr.  Levitin  received his J.D.  from  Columbia
University School of Law.

     NORMAN H.  WERTHWEIN  has served as a director  of the  Company  since July
1997. Mr. Werthwein is the Chief Financial Officer of Beech Street  Corporation,
a preferred  provider  organization,  a position he has held since  August 1994.
Prior to joining Beech Street in August 1994, Mr.  Werthwein served as the Chief
Financial  Officer of Curaflex  Health  Services,  an alternate site health care
service provider, from January 1992 until August 1994.

     THOMAS  J.  PITZENBERGER  has  been  the  National   Marketing  Director  -
HealthCare  Division of the Company since July 1997. From July 1996 to July 1997
Mr.  Pitzenberger  served as the National  Director of Medaphis  Corporation,  a
corporation  providing  software and services in the healthcare  industry.  From
February 1994 to July 1996,  Mr.  Pitzenberger  served as the Region  Manager of
QuadraMed Corporation,  an electronic data interchange corporation in the health
care industry and a publicly traded company. In 1987, Mr.  Pitzenberger  founded
MediQuest Inc., a provider of software and services to the health care industry.
Mr.  Pitzenberger  sold  MediQuest  in  September  1991 and  served  as the Vice
President -Marketing of MediQuest until February 1994.

     BEN E. RANDALL has been the Vice  President --  Information  Systems of the
Company since  February  1997.  From January 1996 to February  1997, Mr. Randall
served as a Managing  Member of MegaVision.  From November 1989 to January 1996,
Mr.  Randall was the owner and  President of R&R Computer  Services,  a computer
software developer for the real estate insurance and appraisal industries.

                                       32
<PAGE>

   
     TERRENCE R.  REIGERS has been the Vice  President - Sales and  Marketing of
the Company since June 1997.  From December 1992 to May 1997, Mr. Reigers served
as the Director of Managed Vision Care of National  Vision  Associates,  Ltd., a
retail optical  company.  From December 1991 to October 1992, Mr. Reigers served
as a Marketing and Sales Manager of Pearle Managed Vision Care, a retail optical
company.
    

     RONALD  F.  TORCHIA  is a  co-founder  of the  Company  and has been a Vice
President and Secretary since February 1997. From October 1995 to February 1997,
Mr.  Torchia  served as a Managing  Member of  MegaVision.  From October 1991 to
October 1995, Mr. Torchia  managed A&R  Contracting,  Inc., a company engaged in
the business of preparing property loss bids for insurance companies.

     Directors serve until the next annual meeting or until their successors are
elected  and  qualified.  Officers  serve  at the  discretion  of the  Board  of
Directors, subject to rights, if any, under contracts of employment.

   
     The Company has agreed, if requested by the  Representative,  to nominate a
designee of the  Representative to the Company's Board of Directors for a period
of five years from the date of this Prospectus. See "Underwriting."
    

     The Board of Directors intends to establish a Compensation Committee and an
Audit Committee.  The Compensation Committee is expected to make recommendations
to the Board  concerning  salaries and incentive  compensation  for officers and
employees  of the Company and may  administer  the  Company's  1997 Stock Option
Plan. The Audit Committee is expected to review, with the Company's  independent
accountants,  the scope,  timing and  results  of audit  services  and any other
services  that  the  accountants  are  asked to  perform,  their  report  on the
Company's  financial  statements  following  completion  of their  audit and the
Company's  policies  and  procedures  with  respect to internal  accounting  and
financial controls. In addition,  the Audit Committee is expected to make annual
recommendations  to the Board of Directors for the  appointment  of  independent
public accountants for the ensuing year.

Executive Compensation

   
     The following Summary  Compensation  Table sets forth the compensation paid
or accrued by the Company for services  rendered by Theodore W. White,  Jr., the
former acting chief  executive  officer of  MegaVision,  the  predecessor of the
Company,  for the fiscal year ended  September  30,  1996 (the "named  executive
officer"):
    

                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Compensation                               Annual Compensation                              Long-term
      Name and Present                       ------------------------------       Other Annual        Awards
     Principal Position                      Year        Salary       Bonus       Compensation       Options
       ---------------                       ----        ------      ------       -------------      -------
<S>                                         <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>               <C>  
Theodore W. White, Jr. (1)...............   1996         132,325       --              --               --
</TABLE>
- ----------------
   
(1)  For a  portion  of 1996,  Mr.  White  acted in the  capacity  of the  chief
     executive officer for MegaVision, the predecessor of the Company. Mr. White
     resigned from the Company effective August 15, 1997.

     The Company has agreed,  commencing on the closing of the Offering,  to pay
annual  compensation of $150,000 to Neal J. Polan, the Company's Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer. In addition,  the Company may seek to recruit
an  additional  senior  level  executive  officer  following  the closing of the
Offering  to  complement  its  existing  senior  management  personnel.   For  a
discussion  of  additional  non-cash  compensation  received by Mr.  Polan,  see
"Certain Transactions" and "Principal Stockholders."
    

Director Compensation

     After completion of the Offering,  non-employee directors will receive $500
for each Board and committee  meeting  attended and will be reimbursed for their
expenses in attending  such  meetings.  Directors are not precluded from serving
the  Company in any other  capacity  and  receiving  compensation  therefor.  In
addition,  directors  may also receive  stock option  grants under the Company's
1997 Stock Option Plan. See "-- Stock Options."

Stock Options

     In  February  1997,  the  Board  of  Directors  adopted  and the  Company's
stockholders  approved,  the 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"), which provides
for the grant by the  Company of  options  to  purchase  up to an  aggregate  of
200,000 shares of the Company's  authorized but unissued Common Stock.  Pursuant
to the Plan,  employees,  officers 


                                       33
<PAGE>

   
and directors of, and consultants or advisers to, the Company and any subsidiary
corporations  are  eligible  to  receive  incentive  stock  options  ("incentive
options")  within the meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
1986,  as amended (the "Code")  and/or  options that do not qualify as incentive
options  ("non-qualified  options").  The Plan,  which expires in February 2007,
will be  administered  by the Board of  Directors or a committee of the Board of
Directors.  The  purposes  of the Plan are to ensure the  retention  of existing
executive personnel, key employees, directors,  consultants and advisors who are
expected to contribute to the Company's future growth and success and to provide
additional  incentive  by  permitting  such  individuals  to  participation  the
ownership  of the  Company,  and the  criteria  to be  utilized  by the Board of
Directors  or the  committee  in granting  options  pursuant to the Plan will be
consistent with these purposes.
    

     Options  granted  under  the  Plan  may  be  either  incentive  options  or
non-qualified options.  Incentive options granted under the Plan are exercisable
for a period of up to 10 years from the date of grant at an exercise price which
is not less than the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of the
grant,  except that the term of an incentive  option granted under the Plan to a
stockholder  owning more than 10% of the outstanding voting power may not exceed
five years and its  exercise  price may not be less than 110% of the fair market
value of the  Common  Stock on the date of the  grant.  To the  extent  that the
aggregate  fair market value,  as of the date of grant,  of the shares for which
incentive  options become  exercisable  for the first time by an optionee during
the  calendar  year  exceeds  $100,000,  the portion of such option  which is in
excess of the $100,000  limitation  will be treated as a  non-qualified  option.
Options  granted  under the Plan to  officers,  directors  or  employees  of the
Company may be exercised  only while the optionee is employed or retained by the
Company  or  within  90  days  of the  date  of  termination  of the  employment
relationship or directorship. However, options which are exercisable at the time
of termination by reason of death or permanent disability of the optionee may be
exercised  within  12  months  of the  date  of  termination  of the  employment
relationship  or  directorship.  Upon the exercise of an option,  payment may be
made by cash or by any other means that the Board of Directors or the  committee
determines. No option may be granted under the Plan after February 2007.

   
     Options may be granted only to such  employees,  officers and directors of,
and consultants and advisors to, the Company or any subsidiary of the Company as
the Board of  Directors or the  committee  shall select from time to time in its
sole discretion,  provided that only employees of the Company or a subsidiary of
the Company  shall be eligible to receive  incentive  options.  As of August 31,
1997, the number of employees, officers and directors of the Company eligible to
receive  grants  under the Plan was 16 persons.  The number of  consultants  and
advisors  to the  Company  eligible  to  receive  grants  under  the Plan is not
determinable.  An optionee  may be granted  more than one option under the Plan.
The Board of Directors  or the  committee  will,  in its  discretion,  determine
(subject  to the  terms of the Plan) who will be  granted  options,  the time or
times at which  options  shall be granted,  and the number of shares  subject to
each option, whether the options are incentive options or non-qualified options,
and the manner in which options may be exercised.  In making such determination,
consideration  may  be  given  to the  value  of the  services  rendered  by the
respective individuals, their present and potential contributions to the success
of the Company and its  subsidiaries  and such other factors deemed  relevant in
accomplishing the purpose of the Plan.
    

     Under the Plan,  the optionee has none of the rights of a stockholder  with
respect to the shares issuable upon the exercise of the option until such shares
shall be issued upon such exercise. No adjustment shall be made for dividends or
distributions  or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of
exercise,  except as provided in the Plan.  During the lifetime of the optionee,
an option shall be exercisable only by the optionee.  No incentive option may be
sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated,  transferred or disposed of in any manner
other  than by will or by the laws of  decent  and  distribution.  The  Board of
Directors  or  the  committee  may   authorize   non-qualified   options  to  be
transferable to immediate  family  members,  trusts for the benefit of immediate
family  members,   partnerships  of  immediate  family  members  and  non-profit
charitable organizations.

     The  Board of  Directors  may  amend or  terminate  the  Plan  except  that
stockholder  approval  is  required  to  effect a change so as to  increase  the
aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the Plan (unless adjusted to
reflect   such  changes  as  a  result  of  a  stock   dividend,   stock  split,
recapitalization,  merger  or  consolidation  of the  Company),  to  modify  the
requirements as to eligibility to receive  options,  to increase  materially the
benefits  accruing to participants or as otherwise may be required by Rule 16b-3
or Section  422 of the Code.  No action  taken by the Board may  materially  and
adversely  affect  any  outstanding  option  grant  without  the  consent of the
optionee.

                                       34
<PAGE>

     Under  current tax law,  there are no Federal  income tax  consequences  to
either the  employee  or the  Company on the grant of  non-qualified  options if
granted under the terms set forth in the Plan.  Upon exercise of a non-qualified
option,  the excess of the fair market value of the shares subject to the option
over the  option  price (the  "Spread")  at the date of  exercise  is taxable as
ordinary income to the optionee in the year it is exercised and is deductible by
the Company as compensation  for Federal income tax purposes,  if Federal income
tax is  withheld on the  Spread.  However,  if the shares are subject to vesting
restrictions  conditioned  on future  employment or the holder is subject to the
short-swing profits liability  restrictions of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act
of (i.e., is an executive  officer,  director or 10% stockholder of the Company)
then taxation and measurement of the Spread is deferred until such  restrictions
lapse,  unless a special  election  is made under  Section  83(b) of the Code to
report such income currently without regard to such restrictions. The optionee's
basis in the shares will be equal to the fair market value on the date  taxation
is imposed and the holding period commences on such date.

     Incentive  option holders incur no regular  Federal income tax liability at
the time of grant or upon  exercise of such option,  assuming  that the optionee
was an  employee of the  Company  from the date the option was granted  until 90
days before such exercise.  However, upon exercise,  the Spread must be added to
regular Federal taxable income in computing the optionee's  "alternative minimum
tax"  liability.  An optionee's  basis in the shares  received on exercise of an
incentive  stock  option  will be the option  price of such  shares for  regular
income tax purposes. No deduction is allowable to the Company for Federal income
tax purposes in connection with the grant or exercise of such option.

     If the holder of shares acquired  through  exercise of an incentive  option
sells such shares within two years of the date of grant of such option or within
one  year  from  the  date  of  exercise   of  such  option  (a   "Disqualifying
Disposition"),  the optionee  will  realize  income  taxable at ordinary  rates.
Ordinary  income  is  reportable  during  the  year of such  sale  equal  to the
difference  between the option  price and the fair market value of the shares at
the date the option is exercised,  but the amount  includable as ordinary income
shall not exceed  the  excess,  if any,  of the  proceeds  of such sale over the
option price. In addition to ordinary  income,  a Disqualifying  Disposition may
result in  taxable  income  subject  to  capital  gains  treatment  if the sales
proceeds exceed the optionee's  basis in the shares (i.e., the option price plus
the amount includable as ordinary income).  The amount of the optionee's taxable
ordinary  income  will  be  deductible  by  the  Company  in  the  year  of  the
Disqualifying Disposition.

     At the time of sale of shares  received  upon  exercise of an option (other
than a  Disqualifying  Disposition  of shares  received  upon the exercise of an
incentive  option),  any gain or loss is long-term or short-term capital gain or
loss,  depending  upon the  holding  period.  The holding  period for  long-term
capital gain or loss treatment is more than one year.

     The  foregoing  is not  intended  to be an  exhaustive  analysis of the tax
consequences relating to stock options issued under the Plan. For instance,  the
treatment  of options  under  state and local tax laws,  which is not  described
above, may differ from the treatment for Federal income tax purposes.

     To date,  options to purchase  57,500 shares of Common Stock at an exercise
price of $5.00 per share have been granted  under the Plan.  All of such options
were granted in May and July 1997.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

     The  Company's   Certificate   of   Incorporation   eliminates  in  certain
circumstances the liability of directors of the Company for monetary damages for
breach of their  fiduciary duty as directors.  This provision does not eliminate
the liability of a director (i) for breach of the director's  duty of loyalty to
the Company or its stockholders,  (ii) for acts or omissions by the director not
in good faith or which involve intentional  misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (iii) for willful or negligent  declaration of an unlawful dividend,  stock
purchase or redemption, or (iv) for transactions from which the director derived
an improper personal  benefit.  Such limitation of liability does not affect the
availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

     The Company believes that it is the position of the Commission that insofar
as the  foregoing  provision  may be invoked to disclaim  liability  for damages
arising  under the  Securities  Act, the  provision is against  public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.  Such limitation
of liability also does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as
injunctive relief of recession.


                                       35
<PAGE>

     The   Company   intends   to   enter   into   indemnification    agreements
("Indemnification  Agreement(s)")  with each of its directors and officers after
the Offering. Each such Indemnification  Agreement will provide that the Company
will indemnify the indemnitee against expenses,  including reasonable attorneys'
fees,  judgments,  penalties,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably  incurred by him in connection  with any civil or criminal  action or
administrative  proceeding  arising  out of his  performance  of his duties as a
director or officer, other than an action instituted by the director or officer.
Such indemnification will be available if the indemnitee acted in good faith and
in a matter he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests
of the Company,  and,  with respect to any criminal  action,  had no  reasonable
cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.  The Indemnification  Agreements will
also require that the Company  indemnify  the director or other party thereto in
all  cases  to  the  fullest   extent   permitted  by   applicable   law.   Each
Indemnification  Agreement  will permit the  director  or officer  that is party
thereto to bring suit to seek recovery or amounts due under the  Indemnification
Agreement and to recover the expenses of such a suit if he is successful.

     The  Company's  By-laws  provide  that  the  Company  shall  indemnify  its
directors,  officers,  employees  or agents to the full extent  permitted by the
Delaware  General  Corporation  Law,  and the  Company  shall  have the right to
purchase and maintain  insurance on behalf of any such person whether or not the
Company would have the power to indemnify such person against the liability. The
Company has not currently  purchased any such insurance  policy on behalf on any
of its directors, officers, employees or agents.


                                       36
<PAGE>

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

     In late 1995, the Company's predecessor,  MegaVision, L.C., entered into an
agreement  with Ben Randall,  the Vice  President -  Information  Systems of the
Company,  to  purchase  certain  computer  software  for $37,500 in cash and the
issuance of 170 units of limited liability  company  interest.  The Company paid
$8,500 in cash to Mr.  Randall in early  1996 and in  September  1996  issued an
additional 20 units of limited  liability  company  interest in exchange for the
remaining  $29,000 owed to Mr. Randall under the agreement.  In connection  with
the Merger,  the 190 units of limited  liability  interest issued to Mr. Randall
were converted into 114,000 shares of Class A Common Stock.

   
     In September 1996, Robert E. Hunter, Michael J. Reichert and Donald Umbach,
each a principal stockholder of the Company, agreed to contribute to the capital
of the Company's predecessor, MegaVision, L.C., $125,000, $100,000 and $100,000,
respectively,  of indebtedness owed to such individuals in exchange for 130, 110
and 70 units,  respectively,  of limited  liability company interest (which were
converted  into  78,000,  66,000  and 42,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock in
connection with the Merger).

     In October 1996,  MegaVision,  L.C.  entered into an agreement  with M.K.D.
Capital Corp. ("M.K.D."),  which agreement was amended in January and July 1997.
Annette Lebor, the spouse of the President of M.K.D., is the beneficial owner of
11% of the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  prior to the
Offering.  The  agreement,  as  amended,  provides  that M.K.D.  will  receive a
commission equal to 3% of any payments collected by the Company for sales of the
Company's  products  originated  by  M.K.D.,  less  direct  manufacturing  costs
incurred by the Company in the  production  of such  products  and any  broker's
commission payable in connection with the sale; provided that in connection with
sales of the  Company's  products  by agents of AFLAC with whom the  Company has
contracted, M.K.D. will receive a commission of $1.25 for each annual HealthCare
Solutions  Cards sold by such agents.  In addition,  M.K.D.  will also receive a
commission for introducing  additional  networks of health care providers to the
Company,  if such networks  enter into a contract  with the Company.  The actual
commission to be paid to M.K.D.,  if any, will be negotiated in connection  with
any such transaction.
    

     In November 1996,  MegaVision sold 360 units of limited  liability  company
interest  (which were  converted  into 216,000 shares of Class B Common Stock in
connection  with the Merger) to Neal J.  Polan,  the  Company's  Chairman of the
Board and Chief Executive Officer, for $6,300 in cash and for certain consulting
services rendered by Mr. Polan.

   
     Between  January and  February  1997,  Mr.  Polan  loaned an  aggregate  of
approximately  $67,000 to the Company for working capital  purposes.  Such loans
were repaid together with interest at 10% per annum in March 1997 with a portion
of the proceeds of the Bridge Financing.
    

     Mr.  Polan  and his wife,  jointly,  and Eli  Levitin,  a  director  of the
Company, invested $50,000 and $25,000,  respectively, in the Bridge Financing in
March 1997 (on the same terms as  non-affiliated  investors)  and,  accordingly,
each  received  a Bridge  Note in such  amount,  which  will be repaid  from the
proceeds of the Offering,  and 25,000 and 12,500 warrants,  respectively,  which
will be exchanged for 25,000 and 12,500 Bridge Warrants,  respectively, upon the
completion of the Offering. See "Use of Proceeds."

   
     In June 1997, Mr. Polan and Theodore  White,  Jr., a former employee of the
Company, entered into a voting agreement pursuant to which Mr. Polan is entitled
to vote all of the shares of Common  Stock held by Mr.  White.  The voting proxy
will expire upon the earlier of (i) June 5, 2002;  (ii) the death of Mr.  Polan;
(iii) Mr. Polan's  termination of employment with the Company for any reason; or
(iv) if, for the year ending  December 31, 1998,  the Minimum  Pretax  Income is
less than  $1,000,000  or if, for any  subsequent  year  through the year ending
December 31, 2001, the Company's  Minimum Pretax Income does not equal or exceed
an amount equal to the Minimum  Pretax Income for the prior fiscal year plus ten
percent (10%).  Mr. White resigned from the Company,  effective August 15, 1997,
and at such time the shares of Class B Common Stock held by Mr. White  converted
automatically  into shares of Class A Common Stock. As a result,  Mr. Polan will
control  32.0% of the total voting power of the Company upon  completion  of the
Offering  and will have the ability to influence  significantly  the election of
directors,  outcome of corporate  transactions  or other  matters  submitted for
stockholder approval.
    

     The Company  reimburses an entity  affiliated with Mr. Polan  approximately
$1,000 per month for the use of certain office space in New York, New York.


                                       37
<PAGE>

   
     In June 1997,  the  Company  loaned Mr.  White  $30,000 as  evidenced  by a
promissory  note  bearing  interest at a rate of 10% per annum.  The loan was to
mature in September  1998 or upon demand by the Company in the event Mr. White's
employment with the Company was terminated for any reason. Pursuant to the note,
Mr. White was required to make monthly payments of principal and interest in the
amount of $750.  As security for the loan,  Mr. White  pledged  15,000 shares of
Class B Common Stock to the Company (which shares  automatically  converted into
Class A Common  Stock upon Mr.  White's  resignation).  In  connection  with Mr.
White's  resignation  from the Company in August 1997, the Company and Mr. White
entered  into an  agreement  pursuant to which the Company (i) made a payment of
$20,000  to Mr.  White,  (ii)  waived Mr.  White's  obligation  to make  monthly
payments of principal and interest in the amount of $750 until February 15, 1998
and (iii)  extended  the  maturity  date of the loan until March 1999;  provided
that,  in the  case of (ii)  and  (iii)  above,  Mr.  White  complies  with  the
provisions of the agreement. In addition,  pursuant to the agreement,  Mr. White
has agreed not to compete with the Company for a period of one year. The Company
also agreed to enter into an agreement  with Mr.  White  whereby Mr. White would
serve as an independent broker for the Company.

     In September 1997, the Company granted  warrants to purchase 284,000 shares
of Class A Common Stock to Mr. Polan. The warrants are exercisable at a price of
$1.00 per share and expire in September  2007.  Warrants to purchase  142,000 of
such shares of Class A Common Stock are  currently  exercisable  and warrants to
purchase 142,000 of such shares of Class A Common Stock will become  exercisable
if,  and only  if,  one or more of the  following  conditions  are met:  (i) the
Company's  Minimum Pretax Income (as defined) amounts to at least $3,800,000 for
the fiscal year ending September 30, 1998; (ii) Company's  Minimum Pretax Income
amounts to at least  $5,500,000  for the fiscal year ending  September 30, 1999;
(iii)  Company's  Minimum Pretax Income  amounts to at least  $7,500,000 for the
fiscal year ending September 30, 2000; (iv) the Closing Price (as defined in the
Escrow Agreement) of the Common Stock averages in excess of $12.50 per share for
30 consecutive  business days during the 18-month period  commencing on the date
of this  Prospectus  or (v) the Closing  Price of the Common  Stock  averages in
excess of $16.50 per share for 30 consecutive  business days during the 18-month
period  commencing with the nineteenth  month from the date of this  Prospectus.
See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow Shares."
    

     The Company believes that all of the transactions set forth above were made
on terms no less  favorable  to the Company than could have been  obtained  from
unaffiliated  third  parties.  The  Company has adopted a policy that all future
transactions  between  the  Company  and  its  officers,  directors,   principal
stockholders and their affiliates will be approved by a majority of the Board of
Directors,  including a majority of the  independent and  disinterested  outside
directors on the Board of  Directors,  and will  continue to be on terms no less
favorable to the Company than could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.


                                       38
<PAGE>

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information  regarding the ownership
of Common Stock by (i) each person known by the Company to own beneficially more
than 5% of the outstanding  Common Stock, (ii) each director and named executive
officer of the Company and (iii) all  executive  officers  and  directors of the
Company as a group, (a) prior to the Offering and (b) as adjusted to give effect
to the sale of the 1,760,000 Units offered hereby:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               Class A           Class B         Percent of Shares 
                                               Common            Common          Beneficially  Owned           
                                               Stock             Stock           -------------------     Percent of
                                            Beneficially      Beneficially        Before      After     Voting Power
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)       Owned(2)          Owned(2)         Offering   Offering  After Offering (3)
- ------------------------------------          ---------        ----------        --------   --------  ---------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>                 <C>        <C>          <C>    
   
Neal J. Polan.............................    142,000 (4)      216,000 (5)(6)      26.7%      11.5%        34.4%(6)
James H. Steinheider......................      4,000 (7)         --                 *          *            *
Eli Levitin...............................        --  (8)         --                 *          *            *
Norman H. Werthwein.......................        --  (8)         --                 *          *            *
Ronald F. Torchia.........................    114,000             --                9.5        3.9          2.9
Ben E. Randall............................    114,000             --                9.5        3.9          2.9
Theodore W. White, Jr. ...................    144,000 (6)(9)      --               12.0        4.9           *
Robert Hunter (10)........................    132,000             --               11.0        4.5          3.5
Annette Lebor (11)........................    132,000             --               11.0        4.5          3.5
Michael J. Reichert Revocable Trust (12)..    132,000             --               11.0        4.5          3.5
Donald E. Umbach Revocable Trust (13).....     66,000             --                5.5        2.2          1.7
Patricia L. Umbach Revocable Trust (14)...     66,000             --                5.5        2.2          1.7
All executive officers and directors          
  as a group (4 persons) .................    146,000 (15)     216,000             26.9%      11.7%        34.5%(6)
    
</TABLE>
                                              
- ----------------                              
*    Less than 1%                             
                                          
(1)  Unless  otherwise  indicated,   the  address  of  such  individual  is  c/o
     HealthCore Medical Solutions, Inc., 11904 Blue Ridge Boulevard,  Grandview,
     Missouri 64030.

(2)  Includes such individuals' Escrow Shares.

(3)  For  purposes of this  calculation,  the shares of Class A Common Stock and
     shares of Class B Common Stock are treated as a single class. The shares of
     Class B Common  Stock are  entitled  to five votes per share,  whereas  the
     shares of Class A Common  Stock are  entitled  to one vote per  share.  See
     "Description of Securities."

   
(4)  Represents  shares  of Class A  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
     outstanding  warrants  that are  currently  exercisable.  Does not  include
     142,000  shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of warrants
     that are not exercisable within 60 days. See "Certain Transactions."

(5)  Includes  48,000  shares  of  Class B  Common  Stock  held by Mr.  Polan as
     custodian for his child.  Mr. Polan is the beneficial  owner of such shares
     by virtue of his authority to vote and/or dispose of such shares.

(6)  Mr. Polan owns all of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Class B Common
     Stock.  Pursuant to a voting proxy granted from Mr. White to Mr. Polan, Mr.
     Polan  has the  power to vote all of Mr.  White's  shares of Class A Common
     Stock. 

(7)  Represents  shares  of Class A  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of
     outstanding options that are currently exercisable.  Does not include 6,000
     shares of Class A Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of options that are
     not exercisable within 60 days.

(8)  Does  not  include  7,500  shares  of Class A Common  Stock  issuable  upon
     exercise of options that are not exercisable within 60 days.

(9)  Mr. White has pledged  15,000 shares of Class A Common Stock to the Company
     in  connection  with a loan from the  Company to Mr.  White.  See  "Certain
     Transactions."

(10) The  address of Mr.  Hunter is 6301 Trust  Avenue,  Kansas  City,  Missouri
     64131.

(11) The address of Ms. Lebor is 114 East 32nd Street, New York, New York 10037.
     Ms. Lebor is the spouse of Avram  Lebor,  the  President of M.K.D.  Capital
     Corp. See "Certain Transactions."
    


                                       39
<PAGE>

   
(12) The trustees under the Michael J. Reichert  Revocable  Trust are Michael J.
     Reichert  and Jean A.  Reichert.  Mr.  Reichert  and Mrs.  Reichert are the
     beneficial  owners of such  shares by  virtue  of their  authority  to vote
     and/or  dispose of such  shares.  The address of the Mr.  Reichert and Mrs.
     Reichert is P.O. Box 1198, Liberty, Missouri 64069.

(13) The trustee under the Donald E. Umbach Revocable Trust is Donald E. Umbach.
     Mr.  Umbach  is the  beneficial  owner  of such  shares  by  virtue  of his
     authority  to vote and/or  dispose of such shares.  Mr.  Umbach may also be
     considered a beneficial  owner of the 66,000 shares of Class A Common Stock
     held by the Patricia L. Umbach  Revocable  Trust,  under which Mr. Umbach's
     wife, Patricia L. Umbach is the trustee.  The address of Mr. Umbach is 6905
     Blue Ridge Boulevard, Raytown, Missouri 64133.

(14) The trustees  under the Patricia L. Umbach  Revocable  Trust is Patricia L.
     Umbach. Mrs. Umbach is the beneficial owner of such shares by virtue of her
     authority to vote and/or dispose of such shares.  In addition,  Mrs. Umbach
     may be considered a beneficial owner of the 66,000 shares of Class A Common
     Stock  held by the  Donald E.  Umbach  Revocable  Trust,  under  which Mrs.
     Umbach's  husband,  Donald E.  Umbach is the  trustee.  The address of Mrs.
     Umbach is 6905 Blue Ridge Boulevard, Raytown, Missouri 64133.

(15) Represents  shares  issuable upon exercise of outstanding  options that are
     currently  exercisable.  Does not include  163,000 shares of Class A Common
     Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  options  and  warrants  that  are  not
     exercisable within 60 days.
    

Escrow Shares

     In connection with the Offering, the current holders of the Company's Class
A and Class B Common  Stock have agreed to place,  on a pro rata basis,  900,000
shares,  or  three-quarters  of the  outstanding  shares of Common  Stock of the
Company  before the  Offering,  into escrow  pursuant to an amended and restated
escrow  agreement (the "Escrow  Agreement") with American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company,  as escrow agent. The Escrow Shares are not transferable or assignable,
but may be voted by the beneficial holders thereof.

     400,000 of the Escrow  Shares will be released from escrow if, and only if,
one or more of the following conditions is/are met:

     (a)  the  Company's  net  income  before  provision  for  income  taxes and
          exclusive  of  any  extraordinary  earnings  (all  as  audited  by the
          Company's  independent  public  accountants  in accordance  with U. S.
          generally  accepted   accounting   principles)  (the  "Minimum  Pretax
          Income")  amounts to at least  $3,800,000  for the fiscal  year ending
          September 30, 1998;

     (b)  the  Minimum  Pretax  Income  amounts to at least  $5,500,000  for the
          fiscal year ending September 30, 1999;

     (c)  the  Minimum  Pretax  Income  amounts to at least  $7,500,000  for the
          fiscal year ending September 30, 2000;

     (d)  the Closing  Price (as defined in the Escrow  Agreement) of the Common
          Stock  averages  in  excess of  $12.50  per  share for 30  consecutive
          business  days during the 18-month  period  commencing  on the date of
          this Prospectus;

     (e)  the Closing Price of the Common Stock averages in excess of $16.50 per
          share for 30  consecutive  business  days during the  18-month  period
          commencing with the nineteenth month from the date of this Prospectus.

     The  remaining  500,000  Escrow Shares will be released from escrow if, and
only if, one or more of the following conditions is/are met:

     (a)  the  Minimum  Pretax  Income  amounts to at least  $4,600,000  for the
          fiscal year ending September 30, 1998;

     (b)  the  Minimum  Pretax  Income  amounts to at least  $6,600,000  for the
          fiscal year ending September 30, 1999;

     (c)  the  Minimum  Pretax  Income  amounts to at least  $9,000,000  for the
          fiscal year ending September 30, 2000;

     (d)  the Closing  Price (as defined in the Escrow  Agreement) of the Common
          Stock  averages  in  excess of  $15.00  per  share for 30  consecutive
          business  days during the 18-month  period  commencing  on the date of
          this Prospectus;

     (e)  the Closing Price of the Common Stock averages in excess of $18.00 per
          share for 30  consecutive  business  days during the  18-month  period
          commencing with the nineteenth month from the date of this Prospectus.


                                       40
<PAGE>

     The Minimum  Pretax  Income  amount set forth above shall (i) be calculated
exclusively  of any  extraordinary  earnings,  including  any  charge  to income
resulting   from   release   of  the  Escrow   Shares  and  (ii)  be   increased
proportionately,  with certain  limitations,  in the event additional  shares of
Class A  Common  Stock  or  securities  convertible  into,  exchangeable  for or
exercisable  into  Class A Common  Stock  are  issued  after  completion  of the
Offering. The Closing Price amounts set forth above are subject to adjustment in
the event of any stock splits, reverse stock splits or other similar events. The
Escrow  Agreement can be amended by a two-thirds vote of the outstanding  shares
of Common Stock of the Company,  other than any shares held by the  stockholders
whose shares are held in escrow.

     Any money,  securities,  rights or property  distributed  in respect of the
Escrow  Shares,  including any property  distributed as dividends or pursuant to
any stock  split,  merger,  recapitalization,  dissolution,  or total or partial
liquidation of the Company,  shall be held in escrow until release of the Escrow
Shares. If none of the applicable  Minimum Pretax Income or Closing Price levels
set forth above have been met by December 31, 2000, the Escrow  Shares,  as well
as any  dividends  or other  distributions  made with respect  thereto,  will be
cancelled and  contributed  to the capital of the Company.  The Company  expects
that the release of the Escrow  Shares to  officers,  directors,  employees  and
consultants of the Company will be deemed  compensatory and,  accordingly,  will
result in a  substantial  charge to reportable  earnings,  which would equal the
fair market value of such shares and options on the date of release. Such charge
could  substantially  increase the loss or reduce or eliminate the Company's net
income,  if any, for  financial  reporting  purposes for the period during which
such shares and options are, or become probable of being,  released from escrow.
Although the amount of compensation  expense  recognized by the Company will not
affect the Company's total  stockholders'  equity, it may have a negative effect
on the market price of the Company's  securities.  See "Management's  Discussion
and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations"  and Note D of
Notes to Financial Statements.

   
     The Minimum  Pretax  Income and Closing  Price  levels set forth above were
determined by negotiation  between the Company and the Representative and should
not be construed  to imply or predict any future  earnings by the Company or any
increase in the market price of its securities.
    


                                       41
<PAGE>

                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

   
     The following  description of the Company's  securities does not purport to
be complete and is subject in all respects to applicable Delaware law and to the
provisions  of the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and By-laws,  the
Warrant  Agreement  among the Company,  the  Representative  and American  Stock
Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent,  pursuant to which the Warrants will
be  issued,  and  the  Underwriting   Agreement  between  the  Company  and  the
Representative,  copies of all of which have been filed with the  Commission  as
exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part.
    

     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  currently  consists of 19,640,000
shares of Class A Common  Stock,  par value  $.01 per share,  360,000  shares of
Class B Common  Stock,  par  value  $.01 per  share,  and  5,000,000  shares  of
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share.

Units

     Each Unit consists of one share of Class A Common Stock and one  redeemable
Class A Warrant.  Each Class A Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share
of  Class A  Common  Stock.  The  Class A  Common  Stock  and  Class A  Warrants
comprising  the Units are  separately  transferable  immediately upon issuance.

Common Stock

   Class A Common Stock

   
     Immediately  prior to the date hereof there were 984,000  shares of Class A
Common Stock  outstanding held by 11 stockholders of record.  Holders of Class A
Common  Stock  have the right to cast one vote for each  share held of record on
all matters  submitted to a vote of holders of Class A Common Stock. The Class A
Common  Stock and Class B Common  Stock vote  together as a single  class on all
matters on which stockholders may vote, except as required by law.
    

     Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to  dividends,  together  with
the  holders  of Class B Common  Stock,  pro rata  based on the number of shares
held,  when,  as and if declared by the Board of  Directors,  from funds legally
available therefor subject to the rights of holders of any outstanding preferred
stock. In the case of dividends or other  distributions  payable in stock of the
Company,  including  distributions pursuant to stock splits or division of stock
of the  Company,  only shares of Class A Common Stock will be  distributed  with
respect to Class A Common Stock.  In the event of  liquidation,  dissolution  or
winding up of the  affairs of the  Company,  all assets and funds of the Company
remaining after the payment to creditors and to holders of preferred stock shall
be distributed,  pro rata, among the holders of the Class A Common Stock and the
Class B Common  Stock.  Holders  of Class A Common  Stock  are not  entitled  to
preemptive, subscription,  cumulative voting or conversion rights, and there are
no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A Common Stock.
All shares of Class A Common  Stock are,  and the shares of Class A Common Stock
offered hereby will be when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

   Class B Common Stock

   
     Immediately  prior to the date hereof there were 216,000  shares of Class B
Common Stock outstanding held by two stockholders of record. Each share of Class
B Common  Stock is entitled  to five votes on all matters on which  stockholders
may vote,  including  the  election of  directors.  The Class A Common Stock and
Class B Common  Stock vote  together  as a single  class on all matters on which
stockholders may vote, except as required by law.
    

     Holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to  participate  together with
the  holders  of Class A Common  Stock,  pro rata  based on the number of shares
held, in the payment of cash dividends and in the  liquidation,  dissolution and
winding up of the  Company  subject to the rights of holders of any  outstanding
preferred  stock. In the case of dividends,  or other  distributions  payable in
stock of the  Company,  including  distributions  pursuant  to stock  splits  or
divisions of stock of the Company,  only shares of Class A Common Stock shall be
distributed with respect to Class B Common Stock.

     Each  share of Class B Common  Stock is  automatically  converted  into one
share of Class A Common  Stock  upon (i) its sale,  gift or  transfer,  (ii) the
death  of the  original  holder  thereof,  (iii)  the  holder's  termination  of
employment  with the  Company  for any reason or (iv) if,  for the  fiscal  year
ending  September 30, 1999, the Minimum Pretax 


                                       42
<PAGE>

Income is less than $1,000,000 or if, for any subsequent fiscal year through the
fiscal year ending September 30, 2002, the Company's  Minimum Pretax Income does
not equal or exceed an amount equal to the Minimum  Pretax  Income for the prior
fiscal year plus ten percent (10%).

     The  difference in voting rights  increases the voting power of the holders
of Class B  Common  Stock  and  accordingly  has an  anti-takeover  effect.  The
existence  of the Class B Common  Stock may make the  Company a less  attractive
target for a hostile  takeover  bid or render more  difficult  or  discourage  a
merger proposal,  an unfriendly tender offer, a proxy contest, or the removal of
incumbent management, even if such transactions were favored by the stockholders
of the  Company  other  than the  holders  of Class B Common  Stock.  Thus,  the
stockholders may be deprived of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium
over  prevailing  market prices in the event of a hostile  takeover  bid.  Those
seeking to acquire the Company through a business  combination will be compelled
to consult  first with the holders of Class B Common Stock in order to negotiate
the terms of such business  combination.  Any such proposed business combination
will  have to be  approved  by the  Board of  Directors,  which may be under the
control of the holders of Class B Common Stock, and if stockholder approval were
required,  the approval of the holders of Class B Common Stock will be necessary
before any such business combination can be consummated.

Redeemable Class A Warrants

     Each Class A Warrant  entitles the registered  holder to purchase one share
of Class A Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $6.50 at any time  until 5:00
P.M., New York City time, on _____________,  2002.  Commencing one year from the
date of this  Prospectus,  the Class A Warrants are redeemable by the Company on
30 days' written notice at a redemption price of $.05 per Class A Warrant if the
"closing  price" of the  Company's  Class A Common Stock for any 30  consecutive
trading  days  ending  within 15 days of the notice of  redemption  averages  in
excess of $9.10 per share.  "Closing  price" shall mean the closing bid price if
listed in the over-the-counter market on Nasdaq or otherwise or the closing sale
price if listed on the Nasdaq National Market or a national securities exchange.
All Class A Warrants must be redeemed if any are redeemed.

   
     The Class A Warrants will be issued  pursuant to a warrant  agreement  (the
"Warrant  Agreement") among the Company,  the  Representative and American Stock
Transfer & Trust  Company,  New York,  New York,  as warrant agent (the "Warrant
Agent"),  and will be evidenced by warrant  certificates in registered form. The
Class A Warrants  provide for  adjustment of the exercise price and for a change
in the  number of shares  issuable  upon  exercise  to protect  holders  against
dilution  in  the  event  of a  stock  dividend,  stock  split,  combination  or
reclassification  of the Common Stock or upon issuance of shares of Common Stock
at  prices  lower  than the  market  price of the  Common  Stock,  with  certain
exceptions.

     The exercise  price of the Class A Warrants was  determined by  negotiation
between the Company and the  Representative  and should not be  construed  to be
predictive of or to imply that any price  increases in the Company's  securities
will occur.
    

     The  Company  has  reserved  from  its  authorized  but  unissued  shares a
sufficient  number  of  shares of Class A Common  Stock  for  issuance  upon the
exercise  of the Class A  Warrants.  A Class A  Warrant  may be  exercised  upon
surrender  of the Warrant  certificate  on or prior to its  expiration  date (or
earlier  redemption date) at the offices of the Warrant Agent,  with the form of
"Election to Purchase" on the reverse side of the Warrant certificate  completed
and executed as indicated, accompanied by payment of the full exercise price (by
certified  or bank check  payable to the order of the Company) for the number of
shares with respect to which the Warrant is being exercised.  Shares issued upon
exercise  of Class A Warrants  and payment in  accordance  with the terms of the
Warrants will be fully paid and non-assessable.

     For the  life  of the  Class A  Warrants,  the  holders  thereof  have  the
opportunity  to  profit  from a rise in the  market  value of the Class A Common
Stock, with a resulting dilution in the interest of all other  stockholders.  So
long as the Class A Warrants  are  outstanding,  the terms on which the  Company
could obtain additional  capital may be adversely  affected.  The holders of the
Class A Warrants  might be expected to exercise  them at a time when the Company
would, in all likelihood, be able to obtain any needed capital by a new offering
of securities on terms more favorable than those provided for by the Warrants.

     The Class A Warrants  do not confer  upon the  Warrantholder  any voting or
other rights of a stockholder of the Company. Upon notice to the Warrantholders,
the Company has the right to reduce the exercise  price or extend the expiration
date of the Class A Warrants.


                                       43
<PAGE>

     The 1,150,000  warrants  issued in the Bridge  Financing  will be converted
automatically on the closing of the Offering into the Bridge  Warrants,  each of
which will be  identical to the Class A Warrants  included in the Units  offered
hereby.

Preferred Stock

     The Company is authorized to issue up to 5,000,000  shares of "blank-check"
preferred  stock (the "Preferred  Stock").  The Board of Directors will have the
authority  to issue this  Preferred  Stock in one or more  series and to fix the
number of shares and the relative rights,  conversion rights,  voting rights and
terms  of  redemption   (including  sinking  fund  provisions)  and  liquidation
preferences,  without further vote or action by the  stockholders.  If shares of
Preferred  Stock with voting rights are issued,  such issuance  could affect the
voting  rights of the holders of the Company's  Common Stock by  increasing  the
number of outstanding  shares having voting rights, and by the creation of class
or series voting  rights.  If the Board of Directors  authorizes the issuance of
shares of Preferred Stock with conversion rights, the number of shares of Common
Stock outstanding could potentially be increased by up to the authorized amount.
Issuance of Preferred Stock could, under certain circumstances,  have the effect
of delaying or  preventing a change in control of the Company and may  adversely
affect the rights of holders of Common Stock.  Also,  Preferred Stock could have
preferences  over the Common Stock (and other  series of  preferred  stock) with
respect to dividend and liquidation  rights.  The Company currently has no plans
to issue any Preferred Stock.

Unit Purchase Option

   
     The Company has agreed to grant to the Representative,  upon the closing of
the Offering,  the Unit Purchase  Option to purchase up to 176,000 Units.  These
Units will be identical  to the Units  offered  hereby  except that the Warrants
included in the Unit  Purchase  Option will only be subject to redemption by the
Company after the Unit  Purchase  Option has been  exercised and the  underlying
Warrants are outstanding. The Unit Purchase Option cannot be transferred,  sold,
assigned  or  hypothecated  for  three  years,  except  to  any  officer  of the
Representative or members of the selling group or their respective officers. The
Unit Purchase Option  exercisable  during the two-year period  commencing  three
years from the date of this  Prospectus  at an exercise  price of $____ per Unit
(120% of the initial  public  offering  price)  subject to adjustment in certain
events to protect against dilution. The holders of the Unit Purchase Option have
certain demand and piggyback registration rights. See "Underwriting."
    

Registration Rights

   
     The holders of the Unit  Purchase  Option  will have demand and  piggy-back
registration rights relating to such options and the underlying securities.  See
"Underwriting."   In  addition,   a  stockholder  of  the  Company  has  certain
"piggy-back"  registration  rights  with  respect to  132,000  shares of Class A
Common Stock owned by such stockholder.  The Company has also agreed to register
for resale the 1,150,000 Bridge Warrants and the underlying Class A Common Stock
within one year from the closing of the Offering.
    

Business Combination Protections

     The voting  provisions of the Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock
and the broad  discretion  conferred upon the Board of Directors with respect to
the  issuance of series of  Preferred  Stock  (including  with respect to voting
rights)  could  substantially  impede the  ability  of one or more  stockholders
(acting in  concert)  to  acquire  sufficient  influence  over the  election  of
directors  and other  matters to effect a change in control or management of the
Company, and the Board of Directors' ability to issue Preferred Stock could also
be utilized to change the  economic and control  structure of the Company.  As a
result,  such provisions,  together with certain other provisions  summarized in
the succeeding paragraph,  may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may
delay,  defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover  attempt that a  stockholder
might  consider in such  stockholder's  best interest,  including  attempts that
might  result in a premium  over the market  price for the Common  Stock hold by
stockholders.

     The  Company  is  subject  to  a  Delaware  statute  regulating   "business
combinations,"  defined  to  include  a broad  range  of  transactions,  between
Delaware corporations and "interested stockholders," defined as persons who have
acquired at least 15% of a corporation's stock. Under such statute a corporation
may not engage in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a
period  of  three  years  after  the  date  such  person  became  an  interested
stockholder  unless  (a)  prior to such  date  the  board  of  directors  of the
corporation approved either the "business  combination" or the transaction which
resulted in the  stockholder  becoming  an  "interested  stockholder,"  (b) upon
consummation  of the transaction  which resulted in the stockholder  becoming an
"interested stockholder," the "interested stockholder" owned at least 85% of the
voting  stock  of the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the  


                                       44
<PAGE>

transaction  commenced,  excluding  for  purposes of  determining  the number of
shares  outstanding those shares owned by (i) persons who are directors and also
officers and (ii) employee  stock plans in which  employee  participants  do not
have the right to determine  confidentially  whether  shares held subject to the
plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange  offer, or (c) on or subsequent to
such date the "business  combination"  is approved by the board of directors and
authorized at an annual or special  meeting of  stockholders  by the affirmative
vote of at least 66 2/3% of the  outstanding  voting stock which is not owned by
the  "interested  stockholder."  The  statute  contains  provisions  enabling  a
corporation to avoid the statute's restrictions.

     The Company has not sought to "elect out" of the statute,  and,  therefore,
upon  closing  of the  Offering  and the  registration  of its shares of Class A
Common Stock under the Exchange  Act, the  restrictions  imposed by such statute
will apply to the Company.

Transfer Agent

     American  Stock Transfer & Trust  Company,  New York,  New York,  serves as
Transfer  Agent  for the  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  Warrant  Agent for the
Warrants.


                                       45
<PAGE>

                         SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   
     Upon  completion  of  the  Offering,  the  Company  will  have  outstanding
2,960,000 shares of Common Stock. Of these shares, the 1,760,000 shares of Class
A Common Stock offered hereby will be freely transferable without restriction or
further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by affiliates of
the Company as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the  Securities Act ("Rule
144")  described   below.   The  1,200,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  currently
outstanding  are  "restricted  securities"  or owned by  affiliates  within  the
meaning  of Rule 144 and may not be sold  publicly  unless  they are  registered
under the Securities  Act or are sold pursuant to Rule 144 or another  exemption
from registration. However, holders of all of the outstanding shares have agreed
not to sell or  otherwise  dispose of any  shares of Common  Stock  without  the
Representative's  prior written consent for a period of 13 months after the date
of this  Prospectus.  In addition,  900,000 of such shares are Escrow Shares and
are subject to the  restrictions on transfer set forth in the Escrow  Agreement.
See "Principal Stockholders -- Escrow Shares" and "Underwriting."
    

     In  general,  under  Rule  144,  a person  (or  persons  whose  shares  are
aggregated),  including  persons  who may be  deemed to be  "affiliates"  of the
Company as that term is defined  under the  Securities  Act, is entitled to sell
within any three-month  period a number of restricted shares  beneficially owned
for at least one year that does not  exceed  the  greater  of (i) 1% of the then
outstanding shares of Common Stock or (ii) an amount equal to the average weekly
trading volume in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such
sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain  requirements  as to the
manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public  information about
the  Company.  However,  a  person  who is  not  deemed  an  affiliate  and  has
beneficially  owned such  shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such
shares  under  Rule  144(k)  without  regard  to  the  volume  or  other  resale
requirements.

   
     Under Rule 701 of the  Securities  Act,  persons who  purchase  shares upon
exercise of options granted prior to the date of this Prospectus are entitled to
sell such shares after the 90th day  following  the date of this  Prospectus  in
reliance  on Rule  144,  without  having  to  comply  with  the  holding  period
requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of  non-affiliates,  without having to
comply with the public  information,  volume  limitation or notice provisions of
Rule 144.  Affiliates are subject to all Rule 144 restrictions after this 90-day
period,  but without a holding  period.  13,000  shares of Class A Common  Stock
issuable upon the exercise of stock options will be eligible for resale pursuant
to Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act immediately after the 90th day
following  the date of this  Prospectus  and a portion of the  remaining  44,500
outstanding  options will vest and be eligible  for resale  pursuant to Rule 144
and Rule 701 under the Securities Act beginning in May 1998. However, holders of
all of the outstanding options prior to the Offering have agreed not to sell any
shares  of  Common  Stock  for a  period  of 13  months  from  the  date of this
Prospectus without the prior written consent of the Representative.
    

     Pursuant  to  registration  rights  acquired in the Bridge  Financing,  the
Company  has agreed to  register  for resale on behalf of the  investors  in the
Bridge  Financing the 1,150,000  Bridge  Warrants held by such investors and the
underlying Class A Common Stock one year from the closing of the Offering.

   
     The Representative  also has demand and piggyback  registration rights with
respect  to  the   securities   underlying   the  Unit  Purchase   Option.   See
"Underwriting."   In  addition,   a  stockholder  of  the  Company  has  certain
"piggy-back"  registration  rights  with  respect to  132,000  shares of Class A
Common Stock owned by such stockholder.
    

     Prior to the Offering,  there has been no market for any  securities of the
Company,  and no  predictions  can be made of the effect,  if any, that sales of
Common  Stock or the  availability  of  Common  Stock  for sale will have on the
market  price of such  securities  prevailing  from time to time.  Nevertheless,
sales of  substantial  amounts  of  Common  Stock  in the  public  market  could
adversely  affect  prevailing  market  prices and the  ability of the Company to
raise equity capital in the future.


                                       46
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

   
     Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement,  each of
the Underwriters  named below,  for whom D.H. Blair Investment  Banking Corp. is
acting as Representative, has severally agreed to purchase from the Company, and
the Company has agreed to sell to such  Underwriter,  the  respective  number of
Units set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter:

                       Name                                  Number of Units
                       -----                                 ---------------



  
          Total.....................................
                                                              --------------

It is expected  that Blair & Co. will  distribute  as a selling  group  member a
substantial portion (not to exceed 52%, including the over-allotment  option) of
the  Units  offered  hereby.  Blair & Co.  is  owned by a  corporation  which is
substantially  owned by family members of J. Morton Davis. Mr. Davis is the sole
stockholder of the Representative.

     The  Underwriters  have  advised the Company that they propose to offer the
Units to the public at the public  offering price set forth on the cover page of
this  Prospectus  and to certain  dealers who are  members of the NASD,  at such
prices less  concessions of not in excess of $__ per Unit, of which a sum not in
excess of $__ per Unit may in turn be reallowed to other dealers who are members
of the NASD.  After  the  initial  offering,  the  public  offering  price,  the
concession and the reallowance may be changed by the Representative.

     The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option,  exercisable  during
the 45-day period  commencing on the date of this  Prospectus,  to purchase from
the Company at the public offering price,  less  underwriting  discounts,  up to
264,000  additional Units for the purpose of covering  over-allotments,  if any,
subject to the right of the Representative to elect, in its sole discretion,  to
exercise  such option  individually,  and not as  representative  of the several
Underwriters.

     The  Company  has agreed to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
liabilities,  including  liabilities  under the Securities  Act. The Company has
also agreed to pay to the  Representative a  non-accountable  expense  allowance
equal to 3% of the gross proceeds derived from the sale of Units offered hereby,
including  any  Units  purchased  pursuant  to the  Underwriters'  overallotment
option, $40,000 of which has been paid to date.

     All of the Company's  current  stockholders,  officers and  directors  have
agreed not to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of their shares
of  Common  Stock for a period  of 13  months  from the date of this  Prospectus
without the prior written consent of the Representative.
    

     The Representative has the right to designate one individual for nomination
to the  Company's  Board of  Directors  for a period  of five  years  after  the
completion of the Offering,  although it has not yet selected any such designee.
Such designee may be a director,  officer, partner, employee or affiliate of the
Representative.

   
     During the five-year period from the date of this Prospectus,  in the event
the  Representative   originates  a  financing  or  a  merger,   acquisition  or
transaction to which the Company is a party, the Representative will be entitled
to receive a finder's fee in consideration  for origination of such transaction.
The fee is based on a percentage of the  consideration  paid in the  transaction
ranging from 7% of the first $1,000,000 to 2% of any  consideration in excess of
$9,000,000.

     The Company has agreed not to solicit Warrant  exercises other than through
the   Representative,   unless  the   Representative   declines   to  make  such
solicitation.  Upon any exercise of the Warrants after the first  anniversary of
the date of this Prospectus, the Company will pay the Representative a fee of 5%
of the aggregate exercise price of the Warrants,  if (i) the market price of the
Company's Class A Common Stock on the date the Warrants are exercised is greater
than the then exercise price of the Warrants;  (ii) the exercise of the Warrants
was  solicited by a member of the NASD;  (iii) the  warrantholder  designates in
writing that the  exercise of the Warrant was  solicited by a member of the NASD
and designates in writing the  broker-dealer  to receive  compensation  for such
exercise;  (iv)  the  Warrants  
    

                                       47
<PAGE>

are  not  held  in a  discretionary  account;  (v)  disclosure  of  compensation
arrangements  was  made  both at the  time of the  Offering  and at the  time of
exercise of the Warrants;  and (vi) the  solicitation of exercise of the Warrant
was not in violation of Regulation M, which was recently adopted to replace Rule
10b-6 and certain other rules promulgated under the Exchange Act.

   
     Regulation M may prohibit Blair & Co. or any other soliciting broker-dealer
from  engaging in any market  making  activities  with  regard to the  Company's
securities  for the period  from five  business  days (or such other  applicable
period  as  Regulation  M  may  provide)  prior  to  any   solicitation  by  the
Representative of the exercise of Warrants until the later of the termination of
such  solicitation  activity or the  termination (by waiver or otherwise) of any
right  that the  Representative  may have to receive a fee for the  exercise  of
Warrants following such solicitation.  As a result, Blair & Co. may be unable to
provide a market for the Company's  securities  during certain periods while the
Warrants are exercisable.

     The Company has agreed to sell to the Representative and its designees, for
nominal consideration, the Unit Purchase Option to purchase up to 176,000 Units,
substantially identical to the Units being offered hereby, except that the Class
A Warrants included therein are subject to redemption by the Company at any time
after the Unit Purchase  Option has been exercised and the  underlying  warrants
are  outstanding.  The Unit  Purchase  Option  will be  exercisable  during  the
two-year  period  commencing  three years from the date of this Prospectus at an
exercise  price of $____ per Unit,  subject to adjustment  in certain  events to
protect against  dilution,  and is not  transferable for a period of three years
from the date of this  Prospectus  except to officers of the  Representative  or
members of the  selling  group or their  respective  officers.  The  Company has
agreed to register  during the three-year  period  commencing two years from the
date of this Prospectus, on two separate occasions, the securities issuable upon
exercise  thereof under the Securities Act, the initial such  registration to be
at the  Company's  expense  and the second at the  expense of the  holders.  The
Company has also granted certain "piggy-back"  registration rights to holders of
the Unit Purchase Option.

     Prior to the  Offering,  there  has been no  public  market  for any of the
securities offered hereby.  Accordingly,  the public offering price of the Units
offered hereby and the terms of the Warrants have been determined by negotiation
between the Company and the  Representative  and are not necessarily  related to
the Company's  asset value,  net worth or other  established  criteria of value.
Factors  considered  in  determining  such  prices and  terms,  in  addition  to
prevailing market  conditions,  include the history of and the prospects for the
industry  in which the Company  competes,  the  present  state of the  Company's
development and its future prospects, an assessment of the Company's management,
the Company's  capital  structure,  demand for similar  securities of comparable
companies and such other factors as were deemed relevant.

     The Underwriters  have informed the Company that they do not expect to make
sales of the Units offered hereby to discretionary accounts.

     The  Representative  acted as Placement  Agent for the Bridge  Financing in
February  and  March  1997  for  which  it  received  a fee  of  $230,000  and a
non-accountable expense allowance of $69,000.

     The Commission is conducting an investigation  concerning  various business
activities of the Representative and Blair & Co. The Company has been advised by
the  Representative  that the investigation has been ongoing since at least 1989
and that it is cooperating with the  investigation.  The  Representative  cannot
predict  whether  this  investigation  will  ever  result  in any type of formal
enforcement action against the Representative or Blair & Co.

     In July 1997, Blair & Co., its Chief Executive  Officer and its head trader
consented, without admitting or denying any violations, to a settlement with the
NASDR  District  Business  Conduct  Committee  for  District  No. 10 to  resolve
allegations  of NASD rule and  securities  law  violations  in  connection  with
mark-up and pricing practices and adequacy of disclosures to customers regarding
market-making  activities of Blair & Co. in connection  with certain  securities
issues  during the period from June 1993  through May 1995 where Blair & Co. was
the primary  selling group  member.  NASDR alleged the firm failed to accurately
calculate the  contemporaneous  cost of  securities in instances  where the firm
dominated  and  controlled  after-market  trading,  thereby  causing the firm to
charge its  customers  excessive  mark-ups.  NASDR also alleged the firm did not
make adequate disclosure to customers about its market-making  activities in two
issues.  As part of the  settlement,  Blair & Co. has consented to a censure and
has agreed to pay a $2 million fine,  make $2.4 million in restitution to retail
customers,  employ an  independent  consultant  
    

                                       48
<PAGE>

   
for two  years to review  and make  recommendations  to  strengthen  the  firm's
compliance  procedures,  and has  undertaken  for 12  months  not to sell to its
retail customers  (excluding banks and other institutional  investors) more than
60% of the  total  securities  sold  in any  securities  offering  in  which  it
participates  as an  underwriter  or selling group member.  The Chief  Executive
Officer of Blair & Co.,  has agreed to settle  failure to  supervise  charges by
consenting  to a  censure,  the  imposition  of a  $225,000  fine  and a  60-day
suspension  from   associating   with  any  NASD  member  firm  and  to  take  a
requalification examination. The firm's head trader has agreed to settle charges
against him by consenting to a censure,  the imposition of a $300,000 fine and a
90-day  suspension from  associating  with any member firm and has undertaken to
take certain  requalification  examinations.  The settlement with NASDR does not
involve or relate to the  Representative , its chief executive officer or any of
its other officers or directors.

     The Company has been advised  that Blair & Co.  intends to make a market in
the Company's  securities  after the Offering.  The Company is unable to predict
whether Blair & Co.'s settlement with the NASDR or any unfavorable resolution of
the  Commission's  investigation  will have any effect on such firm's ability to
make a market in the Company's  securities  and, if so, whether the liquidity or
price of the Company's securities would be adversely affected.

     In connection with the Offering, the Underwriters and certain selling group
members may engage in certain transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market  price of the Units,  the Class A Common Stock and the Class A
Warrants.  Such transactions may include stabilization  transactions effected in
accordance with Rule 104 of Regulation M, pursuant to which such persons may bid
for or purchase the Units, the Class A Common Stock and the Class A Warrants for
the  purpose  of  pegging,  fixing  or  maintaining  the  market  price  of such
securities.  The  Underwriters  may also create a short position in the Units by
selling  more Units in  connection  with the  Offering  than it is  committed to
purchase from the Company, and in such case the Representative may reduce all or
a portion of that short  position by  purchasing  the Units,  the Class A Common
Stock and the Class A Warrants in the open market. The  Representative  also may
also elect to reduce any short  position by exercising all or any portion of the
over-allotment  option described herein.  In addition,  the  Representative  may
impose "penalty bids" on certain  Underwriters  and selling group members.  This
means that if the  Representative  purchases  shares of Class A Common  Stock or
Class A Warrants in the open market to reduce the  Underwriters'  short position
or to  stabilize  the price of the Class A Common Stock or the Class A Warrants,
they may reclaim the amount of the selling  concession from the Underwriters and
selling  group  members who sold those shares of Class A Common Stock or Class A
Warrants as part of the  Offering.  Any of the  transactions  described  in this
paragraph may  stabilize or maintain the market price of the Units,  the Class A
Common  Stock  and the  Class A  Warrants  at a level  above  that  which  might
otherwise prevail in the open market.

     Neither  the  Company  nor the  Underwriters  make  any  representation  or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the  transactions
described above may have on the price of the Units, the Class A Common Stock and
the Class A Warrants. In addition, neither the Company nor the Underwriters make
any  representation  that the  Underwriters  or any selling  group  members will
engage in such transactions or that such transactions,  once commenced, will not
be discontinued without notice.
    

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   
     The validity of the securities  offered hereby has been passed upon for the
Company by Bachner,  Tally,  Polevoy & Misher LLP, New York,  New York.  Certain
legal  matters  will be  passed  upon for the  Underwriters  by Paul,  Hastings,
Janofsky & Walker LLP, New York, New York. Bachner,  Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP
represents the Representative in other matters.
    

                                     EXPERTS

     The  financial  statements  of HealthCore  Medical  Solutions,  Inc., as of
September  30,  1996 and for the fiscal  year ended  September  30, 1996 and the
periods from June 1, 1995 (inception)  through  September 30, 1995 and from June
1, 1995 (inception)  through September 30, 1996 appearing in this Prospectus and
Registration  Statement  have been audited by Richard A. Eisner & Company,  LLP,
independent  auditors,  as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere
herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included in reliance upon such
report  given  upon the  authority  of such firm as experts  in  accounting  and
auditing.


                                       49
<PAGE>

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company is not a reporting  company under the Exchange Act. The Company
has filed a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 under the  Securities Act with
the  Commission in  Washington,  D.C. with respect to the Units offered  hereby.
This Prospectus,  which is part of the Registration Statement,  does not contain
all of the information set forth in the Registration  Statement and the exhibits
thereto.  For  further  information  with  respect to the  Company and the Units
offered hereby,  reference is hereby made to the Registration Statement and such
exhibits,  which may be inspected without charge at the office of the Commission
at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of
the Commission  located at Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor,  New York, New
York 10048 and at 500 West Madison (Suite 1400), Chicago, Illinois 60661. Copies
of such  material  may also be  obtained  at  prescribed  rates  from the Public
Reference Section of the Commission at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C.
20549.  The  Commission  maintains a web site that contains  reports,  proxy and
information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file
electronically   with   the   Commission.   The   address   of   such   site  is
http://www.sec.gov.  Although the statements  contained in this Prospectus as to
the contents of any contract or other  document  referred to are accurate in all
material  respects,  such  statements  do not purport to be complete and in each
instance  reference is made to the copy of such contract or document filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference.

     Following  the  Offering,  the Company will be subject to the reporting and
other   requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act  and  intends  to  furnish  to  its
stockholders  annual reports  containing  audited  financial  statements and may
furnish interim reports as it deems appropriate.

                                       50
<PAGE>

                          INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS ............................................  F-2

BALANCE SHEETS AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) .....  F-3

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND THE
  PERIODS FROM JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1995,
  JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE
  NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) AND THE
  PERIOD FROM JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH JUNE 30, 1997
  (UNAUDITED) .............................................................  F-4

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (CAPITAL DEFICIENCY) FOR
  THE PERIOD FROM JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
  AND FOR THE NINE MONTH PERIOD ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED) ...........  F-5

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND THE
  PERIODS FROM JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1995,
  JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 AND FOR THE
  NINE MONTH PERIODS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED) AND THE
  PERIOD FROM JUNE 1, 1995 (INCEPTION) THROUGH JUNE 30, 1997
  (UNAUDITED) .............................................................  F-6

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS..............................................  F-7


                                       F-1
<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Stockholders
HealthCore Medical Solutions, Inc.
Grandview, Missouri

     We have  audited  the  accompanying  balance  sheet of  HealthCore  Medical
Solutions,  Inc., (a  development  stage  company and the business  successor to
MegaVision,  L.C.) as at  September  30,  1996  and the  related  statements  of
operations,  changes  in  capital  deficiency  and cash flows for the year ended
September  30,  1996 and the  periods  from  June 1,  1995  (inception)  through
September 30, 1995 and from June 1, 1995 (inception) through September 30, 1996.
These financial  statements are the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial  statements based
on our audits.

     We conducted  our audits in accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial  statements  enumerated above present fairly,
in  all  material  respects,   the  financial  position  of  HealthCore  Medical
Solutions,  Inc. as of September 30, 1996 and the results of its  operations and
its cash flows for the year ended  September  30, 1996 and the periods from June
1, 1995 (inception) through September 30, 1995 and from June 1, 1995 (inception)
through  September 30, 1996, in conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting
principles.

     As described more fully in Note A to the financial statements, the business
of the Company was conducted by MegaVision, L.C. prior to the merger in February
1997.

Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP

New York, New York
October 31, 1996

With respect to Notes A, H, I and J
March 13, 1997



                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                                 BALANCE SHEETS
                                    (Note A)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          September 30,    June 30,
                                                              1996           1997
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                                         (Unaudited)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>        

                                     ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents ...........................                  $   668,203
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets ...........   $     2,072         14,475
                                                          -----------    -----------
      Total current assets ............................         2,072        682,678
                                                          -----------    -----------
Property and equipment, net ...........................        73,985        190,180
Deferred offering costs ...............................        40,000        156,441
Other assets ..........................................        44,143         94,747
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                              158,128        441,368
                                                          -----------    -----------
      T O T A L .......................................   $   160,200    $ 1,124,046
                                                          ===========    ===========

                                  LIABILITIES
Current liabilities:
  Bank overdraft ......................................   $     9,914
  Accounts payable and accrued expenses ...............       106,077    $   288,098
  Current portion of obligation under capital lease ...                       45,977
  Notes payable - bank ................................        56,300        103,600
  Notes payable - bridge units ........................                    2,096,334
  Notes payable - others ..............................        54,494
  Notes payable - related parties .....................        10,000
  Other liabilities ...................................         8,493          2,832
                                                          -----------    -----------
      Total current liabilities .......................       235,278      2,546,841
                                                          -----------    -----------
Obligation under capital lease ........................                      100,659
                                                          -----------    -----------
      Total liabilities ...............................       235,278      2,647,500
                                                          -----------    -----------
 Commitments, contingency and other matters

                               CAPITAL DEFICIENCY

   
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, authorized,
 5,000,000 shares
Common stock, $.01 par value:
   Class A, authorized, 19,640,000 shares; issued and
      outstanding, 684,000 shares at September 30, 1996
      and 840,000 shares at June 30, 1997 .............         6,840          8,400
   Class B, authorized, 360,000 shares; issued and
      outstanding, 144,000 shares at September 30, 1996
      and 360,000 shares at June 30, 1997  ............         1,440          3,600
Additional paid-in capital ............................     1,242,998      1,975,620
Deficit accumulated during the development stage ......    (1,326,356)    (3,511,074)
                                                          -----------    -----------
      Total capital deficiency ........................       (75,078)    (1,523,454)
                                                          -----------    -----------
      T O T A L .......................................   $   160,200    $ 1,124,046
                                                          ===========    ===========
    
</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                                    (Note A)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       June 1, 1995                                           June 1, 1995  June 1, 1995
                                        (Inception)                   Nine Months Ended       (Inception)    (Inception)
                                          Through   Year Ended              June 30,            Through       Through
                                      September 30, September 30,  ------------------------   September 30,   June 30,
                                           1995        1996           1996          1997          1996          1997
                                       ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
                                                                         (Unaudited)                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                    <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>        
   
Operating expenses:

  General and administrative .......   $   78,105   $   900,177    $  745,123   $ 1,418,389   $   978,282   $ 2,396,671

  Selling and marketing ............       34,158       277,845        59,624       251,731       312,003       563,734

  Interest-net .....................                     36,071         3,028       514,598        36,071       550,669
                                       ----------   -----------    ----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

NET LOSS ...........................   $ (112,263)  $(1,214,093)   $ (807,775)  $(2,184,718)  $(1,326,356)  $(3,511,074)
                                       ==========   ===========    ==========   ===========   ===========   ===========   

Net loss per share .................   $    (0.46)  $     (3.95)    $   (2.35)  $     (5.57)
                                       ==========   ===========    ==========   ===========   

Weighted average number of shares
    outstanding ....................      245,010       307,717       344,417       392,067
                                       ==========   ===========    ==========   ===========   
    

</TABLE>

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                   STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN CAPITAL DEFICIENCY
                                    (Note A)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        Common Stock                                        Deficit
                                    -----------------------------------------------------                 Accumulated
                                             Class A                     Class B             Additional     During
                                    -------------------------   -------------------------     Paid-in     Development
                                       Shares        Amount        Shares        Amount       Capital        Stage         Total
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                  <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>     
   
Common stock issued at inception        102,000   $     1,020       102,000   $     1,020   $    (2,040)                $    -0-
Common stock issued in private
   placement, net of offering
   costs of$5,832  ..............       123,000         1,230                                   297,938                     299,168
Net loss ........................                                                                         $  (112,263)     (112,263)
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance - September 30, 1995 ....       225,000         2,250       102,000         1,020       295,898      (112,263)      186,905
Common stock issued in private
   placement, net of offering
   costs of $13,533 .............       105,000         1,050                                   410,417                     411,467
Compensatory common stock issued         24,000           240                                    54,760                      55,000
Common stock issued in connection
   with purchase of software ....       102,000         1,020                                    (1,020)                     -0-
Conversion of debt into common
   stock ........................       228,000         2,280        42,000           420       482,943                     485,643
Net loss ........................                                                                          (1,214,093)   (1,214,093)
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
Balance - September 30, 1996 ....       684,000         6,840       144,000         1,440     1,242,998    (1,326,356)      (75,078)
Common stock issued .............       132,000         1,320       216,000         2,160       378,960                     382,440
Conversion of debt to common
   stock ........................        24,000           240                                    47,985                      48,225
Warrants issued in connection
   with the bridge units, net
   of costs of $4,823 ...........                                                               305,677                     305,677
Net loss ........................                                                                          (2,184,718)   (2,184,718)
                                    -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
BALANCE - JUNE 30, 1997
   (Unaudited) ..................       840,000   $     8,400       360,000   $     3,600   $ 1,975,620   $(3,511,074)  $(1,523,454)
                                    ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
    

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                    (Note A)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  June 1, 1995                                           June 1, 1995   June 1, 1995
                                                  (Inception)                      Nine Months Ended      (Inception)    (Inception)
                                                    Through      Year Ended             June 30,            Through       Through
                                                  September 30, September 30, -------------------------   September 30,   June 30,
                                                      1995          1996          1996          1997         1996          1997
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
                                                                                     (Unaudited)                        (Unaudited)
<S>                                               <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>         
   
Cash flows from operating activities:
  Net loss ....................................   $  (112,263)  $(1,214,093)  $  (807,775)  $(2,184,718)  $(1,326,356)  $(3,511,074)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net 
    cash used in operating activities:
   Depreciation and amortization ..............                      33,206        27,628        36,741        33,206        69,947
   Amortization of discount on note
        payable - bridge units ................                                                 437,857                     437,857
   Noncash compensation and expense
        charges ...............................                     124,917        22,000       372,290       124,917       497,207
      Write down of worthless equipment .......                                                  32,865                      32,865
   Changes in assets and liabilities:
     (Increase) decrease in prepaid
       expenses and other assets ..............       (18,627)        9,258        (1,468)     (104,929)       (9,369)     (114,298)
     Increase in accounts payable and
       accrued expenses .......................         8,402       147,592        60,112       182,021       155,994       338,015
     Increase in due to related party .........                      29,000        29,000                      29,000        29,000
     Increase (decrease) in other liabilities .                       8,493         6,370        (5,661)        8,493         2,832
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
       Net cash used in operating
         activities ...........................      (122,488)     (861,627)     (664,133)   (1,233,534)     (984,115)   (2,217,649)
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
Cash flows from investing activities:
  Acquisition of property and equipment .......       (88,499)      (18,692)      (12,243)      (30,749)     (107,191)     (137,940)
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
Cash flows from financing activities:
  Increase (decrease) in bank overdraft .......                       9,914                      (9,914)        9,914
  Issuance of notes payable - bridge units ....                                               1,695,323                   1,695,323
  Net change in notes payable - bank and other                      110,794        63,652        41,031       110,794       151,825
  Net change in notes payable to related
    parties ...................................        31,152       434,491        96,248        10,000       465,643       475,643
  Principal payments on obligation under
   capital lease ..............................                                                  (3,340)                     (3,340)
  Net proceeds from issuance of common
    stock .....................................       299,168       282,633       400,000        10,150       581,801       591,951
  Proceeds from issuance of warrants ..........                                                 305,677                     305,677
  Deferred bridge unit costs ..................                     (36,846)                                  (36,846)      (36,846)
  Deferred offering costs .....................                     (40,000)                   (116,441)      (40,000)     (156,441)
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
       Net cash provided by financing
         activities ...........................       330,320       760,986       559,900     1,932,486     1,091,306     3,023,792
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH ...............       119,333      (119,333)     (116,476)      668,203         - 0 -       668,203
Cash - beginning of period ....................                     119,333       119,333
                                                  -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------   ----------- 
CASH - END OF PERIOD ..........................   $   119,333   $     - 0 -   $     2,857   $   668,203   $     - 0 -   $   668,203
                                                  ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========   =========== 
Supplemental information:
  Interest paid during the period .............                 $     1,114                 $    15,397   $     1,114   $    16,511
</TABLE>
    

                 See accompanying notes to financial statements.


                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE A)--The Company and Basis of Presentation:

      HealthCore  Medical  Solutions,  Inc.  ("HealthCore" or the "Company") was
organized  as a Delaware  corporation  in February  1997.  The Company is in the
development stage and intends to market and administer vision, hearing, drug and
dental discount programs (the "HealthCare Solutions Card") which are designed to
enable participants  (members),  who are enrolled through various  organizations
such as  insurance  carriers,  corporations,  and unions to  realize  savings on
purchases of products and  services.  These  savings will be obtained  through a
company-organized  network  of  providers,  such  as  opticians,  chiropractors,
optometrists, hearing specialists,  pharmacists and dentists. The Company is the
business  successor to  MegaVision,  L.C.  Through  June 30, 1997,  the Company,
exclusive of test marketing, has not sold any "HealthCare Solutions Cards".

   
      In February 1997, MegaVision, L.C. ("MegaVision" or the "Predecessor"),  a
Missouri  limited  liability  company  in the  development  stage,  merged  into
HealthCore,  a newly formed entity. In conjunction with the merger, 1,100 member
units of MegaVision were exchanged for 708,000 shares of Class A common stock of
HealthCore and 600 member units of MegaVision  were exchanged for 360,000 shares
of Class B common stock of HealthCore. The business of the Company was conducted
by MegaVision from June 1, 1995 to February 19, 1997. The merger described above
has been accounted for in a manner similar to a pooling of interests and, except
as otherwise indicated or where the context otherwise requires,  the information
set forth in these  financial  statements has been adjusted to give  retroactive
effect to the reorganization.
    

      The   Company   and   Predecessor   have  been   principally   devoted  to
organizational  activities,  raising capital, marketing and negotiating provider
agreements.

      As further  described in Note I, in February  and March 1997,  the Company
received  net  proceeds of  $1,964,000  from the sale of a private  placement of
subordinated notes and warrants ("Bridge Units").  The Company  anticipates that
the proceeds  from the Bridge Units will be  sufficient  to fund its  operations
through  September  30, 1997.  The Company will require  substantial  additional
funds to complete its current planned activities.

(NOTE B)--Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

      [1] Cash and cash equivalents:

      Cash and cash  equivalents  include cash on hand,  demand deposits and all
highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less at the time of
purchase.

      [2] Property and equipment:

   
      Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation and amortization
are being provided on the  straight-line  method over the estimated useful lives
of the assets.  Equipment is depreciated over periods ranging from five to seven
years.  Leasehold  improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term
or their estimated useful life.

      Equipment  under  capital  leases is recorded at the lesser of the present
value of the lease  payments or fair value of the  equipment.  Such equipment is
amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over the  shorter of the lease term or its
estimated useful life.
    

(continued)


                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE B)--Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

      [3] Management estimates:

      The  preparation  of financial  statements  in conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,
disclosure of  contingent  assets and  liabilities  at the date of the financial
statements,  and the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reported period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

      [4] Net loss per share:

      Net loss per share was computed based upon the weighted  average number of
shares of common stock outstanding  during the period excluding shares which are
expected to be placed in escrow (see Note D). Those  escrowed  shares are common
stock equivalents for purposes of calculating  earnings per share. Since in 1996
and  1997,  certain  shares  of  common  stock  were  issued  at less  than  the
anticipated  offering price of the proposed  initial public  offering,  all such
shares of common  stock have been  included in the  calculation  of the weighted
average shares  outstanding  for all periods  presented using the treasury stock
method based on the estimated  initial public  offering  price,  pursuant to the
requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

   
      The Company  anticipates  repaying the bridge  notes with  proceeds of the
proposed  initial  public  offering.  Had the bridge notes not been initiated in
1997 and had the Company issued common stock instead, the net loss per share for
the nine  months  ended  June 30,  1997 would  have been  $(5.59)  based upon an
additional  weighted  average number of shares  outstanding  for the nine months
ended June 30, 1997 of 85,600.
    

      [5] Interim financial statements:

      The  accompanying  interim  financial  statements at June 30, 1997 and for
each of the  nine-month  periods  ended  June 30,  1997  and  June 30,  1996 are
unaudited.  However, in the opinion of management,  all adjustments  (consisting
solely of normal  recurring  adjustments)  necessary  to be in  conformity  with
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  have  been  made.  The  results  of
operations for the interim periods  presented are not necessarily  indicative of
the results to be expected for the entire year.

      [6] Stock-based compensation:

      Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No. 123,  "Accounting  for
Stock-Based  Compensation"  ("SFAS No. 123") allows  companies to either expense
the estimated  fair value of employee stock options or to continue to follow the
intrinsic  value method set forth in  Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" ("APB 25") but disclose the pro forma
effects on net loss had the fair value of the options been expensed. The Company
has  elected  to apply  APB 25 in  accounting  for its  employee  stock  options
incentive plans.

      [7] Recently issued accounting standards:

   
      In  February  1997,  the  Financial   Accounting  Standards  Board  issued
Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings per Share" ("FAS
128") which is effective for periods ending after December 15, 1997.  Management
believes  that "basic  earnings per share," as defined,  for each of the periods
included in these financial  statements would be  substantially  the same as the
net  loss  per  share  amounts   included  on  the   statements  of  operations.
Additionally,   the  "diluted   earnings  per  share,"  as  defined,   would  be
anti-dilutive.
    

(continued)

                                      F-8
<PAGE>


                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE B)--Summary of Significant Accounting Policies: (continued)

      [7] Recently issued accounting standards: (continued)

   
      Effective October 1, 1996 the Company adopted the provisions of a recently
issued accounting standard regarding impairments of long-lived assets ("SFAS No.
121").  SFAS No. 121 requires  entities to review  long-lived assets and certain
identifiable intangibles to be held and used, for impairment whenever changes in
circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of an  asset  may  not  be
recoverable.  The adoption of this standard did not have a significant impact on
financial  position or results of operations as at and for the period ended June
30, 1997.
    

(NOTE C)--Property and Equipment:

      Property and equipment (at cost) consists of:

                                               September 30,   June 30,
                                                   1996         1997
                                                 --------     --------
          Equipment ........................     $ 60,800     $195,407
          Leasehold improvements ...........       46,391       46,391
                                                 --------     --------
                                                  107,191      241,798
          Less accumulated depreciation
            and amortization ...............       33,206       51,618
                                                 --------     --------
                Total ......................     $ 73,985     $190,180
                                                 ========     ========

      In  April  1997,  the  Company  acquired  equipment  under  capital  lease
aggregating $175,865.  Depreciation expense on this equipment totaled $8,793 for
the nine months ended June 30, 1997.

(NOTE D)--Deferred Offering Costs:

   
      The Company has incurred  deferred offering costs of $40,000 in connection
with a proposed initial public offering  ("IPO") through  September 30, 1996 and
$156,441  through  June 30,  1997.  The  deferred  costs will  either be charged
against the gross proceeds of the offering, or if not consummated,  they will be
charged to expense.  Additionally, the Company will incur substantial additional
offering  costs and the current  stockholders  will be expected to place 900,000
shares of their Class A and Class B common stock into an escrow account. Some or
all  of  these  shares  will  be  released  upon  the  Company  meeting  certain
performance goals or the stock price exceeding  certain targets.  If these goals
are not met the shares will be canceled.  However,  should the goals be met, the
release of the shares  will  result in the  Company  recognizing  an  additional
expense  equal to the market  value of the shares  released.  A total of 400,000
shares of  common  stock  held in  escrow  will be  released  if either  (a) the
Company's  minimum pretax income, as defined,  equals or exceeds  $3,800,000 for
the year ending September 30, 1998, $5,500,000 for the year ending September 30,
1999 or  $7,500,000  for the year ending  September  30, 2000 or (b) the average
closing  price of the common stock  equals or exceeds  $12.50 per share for a 30
trading day period in the 18-month period beginning with the consummation of the
IPO or $16.50 per share for 30 trading  days in the  period  beginning  after 18
months  after the  consummation  of the IPO ending 36 months  after the IPO. All
shares of  common  stock  held in  escrow  will be  released  if either  (a) the
Company's  minimum pretax income, as defined,  equals or exceeds  $4,600,000 for
the year ending September 30, 1998,
    

(continued)


                                      F-9
<PAGE>


                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE D)--Deferred Offering Costs: (continued)

   
$6,600,000  for the year ending  September 30, 1999 or  $9,000,000  for the year
ending  September 30, 2000 or (b) the average  closing price of the common stock
equals or exceeds  $15.00 per share for a 30 trading day period in the  18-month
period  beginning  with the  consummation  of the IPO or $18.00 per share for 30
trading days in the period  beginning after 18 months after the  consummation of
the IPO ending 36 months after the IPO.
    

(NOTE E)--Related Party Transactions:

      During the year ended  September  30,  1996,  the Company  entered into an
agreement to purchase certain software.  The purchase price was $37,500 plus the
issuance of 102,000  shares of the Company's  Class A common stock.  The cost of
the acquired software was immediately  expensed based on the Company's intention
to distribute to providers certain software at no charge in conjunction with its
discount  programs.  An  employment  agreement  was  executed  with the software
developer which was subsequently  cancelled. At September 30, 1996 the Company's
remaining liability under the purchase agreement was $29,000 which was converted
into additional Class A common stock.

      During  the nine  months  ended  June 30,  1997,  stockholders  loaned the
Company $160,553. Interest expense, at rates ranging from 8.5% to 11% per annum,
aggregated  $2,231.  Additionally,  beginning in November  1996, the Company has
rented office space for $1,000 per month from an affiliate of the chairman.

      In February  1997,  a minority  stockholder  agreed to cancel a consulting
agreement with the Company in exchange for a $17,000 non interest  bearing note,
due and paid in March  1997 and a  $60,000  note  bearing  interest  at 8.5% per
annum. At June 30, 1997, $10,000 remains outstanding.

   
      From  April  through  June  1997,   the  Company   loaned  $37,200  to  an
officer/stockholder.  Loans totaling  $7,200 are unsecured and are due in August
1997 with  interest  at 8% per annum.  The  remaining  $30,000 is due in monthly
installments  of $750  through  August 1998 and the  remaining  balance plus any
unpaid interest due in September 1998. This loan bears interest at 10% per annum
and is secured by 15,000 shares of the Company's Class B common stock. Effective
August  15,  1997,  (i) no  payments  are due until  February  15,  1998 and the
maturity  was extended to March 1999,  and (ii) 15,000  shares of Class B common
stock converted to 15,000 shares of Class A common stock.  Prepaid  expenses and
other current assets includes $9,427 of such balance with the remaining $27,773,
included in other assets, respectively.
    

(NOTE F)--Obligation Under Capital Lease:

      In April 1997,  the Company  entered  into an  obligation  under a capital
lease,  with an  affiliate  of a  stockholder,  due in monthly  installments  of
$6,472,  including  imputed interest at 25%, through January 2000. The following
are the minimum future lease payments:

            Twelve Months
          Ending June 30,                                             Amount
           ---------------                                           --------
               1998 .............................................   $ 77,665
               1999 .............................................     77,665
               2000 .............................................     45,305
                                                                    --------
                                                                     200,635
               Less amount representing interest ................     53,999
                                                                    --------
               Present value of net minimum lease payments ......    146,636
               Less present value of net minimum
                 lease payments due within one year .............     45,977
                                                                    --------
                                                                    $100,659
                                                                    ========

(continued)

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE G)--Notes Payable--Bank:

      At September 30, 1996, the Company has loans outstanding  bearing interest
between 7% and 10.75%.  The loans are  collateralized by a life insurance policy
or  certificates  of deposits of  stockholders  of the Company.  During the nine
months ended June 30, 1997,  the maturity  dates on these loans were extended to
November  1997 and the Company  borrowed an  additional  $61,674  under the same
terms.

(NOTE H)--Notes Payable--Others:

   
      [1]  The  Company  had  entered  into a  financing  arrangement  with  DHF
International,  Inc.  ("DHF") which  represented two short-term notes secured by
computer equipment owned by the Company. The notes, originally due September 24,
1996 and  February  28,  1997,  were  restructured  in October  1996.  Under the
restructuring  agreement the collateral remained the same, however,  the Company
was obligated to pay DHF $50,000.  The payment terms were $20,000 on December 1,
1996,  and  $10,000 on each of January  1, 1997,  February  1, 1997 and March 1,
1997.  However,  subsequently DHF cancelled the Company's  obligation to pay and
transferred  all rights,  title and  interest in the  computer  equipment to the
Company, in exchange for 24,000 shares of the Company's Class A common stock and
a right of first  refusal  with  respect  to the  leasing  of  equipment  to the
Company.
    

      [2] A demand loan payable in the amount of $7,500 was repaid subsequent to
September 30, 1996.

(NOTE I)--Notes Payable--Bridge Units:

      In  February  and March  1997,  the  Company  sold 46 Bridge  Units,  each
consisting of a $50,000,  10% subordinated  note and warrants to purchase 25,000
shares of Class A common stock.  The notes are due the earlier of the closing of
the IPO or February 1998. If warrants  exercisable into Class A common stock are
issued in  connection  with the IPO,  these  warrants  will convert into the IPO
warrants.  If the IPO is not  completed  or warrants are not offered in the IPO,
the warrants become  exercisable into Class A common stock at $4.00 per share in
February 1998 and expire in February 2000. The Company received $1,964,154,  net
of offering  costs.  One Bridge Unit was  purchased by the chairman of the board
and his wife and one-half of a Bridge Unit was  purchased by a director,  on the
same terms as the other Bridge Units.

      The Company  valued the  warrants  at  $310,500.  Accordingly,  additional
paid-in  capital has been credited with $305,677  which  represents the value of
the warrants less the allocable  portion of the offering  costs.  The short-term
note has been  discounted  by the value of the warrants and the offering  costs.
The discount is being amortized as additional  interest expense from the date of
issuance to August 15, 1997, the anticipated maturity date.

(NOTE J)--Capital Deficiency:

      [1] Contributed capital:

      In accordance with the unanimous  written consent of the  stockholders and
managers of the Company,  certain  stockholders' loans and other amounts owed by
the Company  totalling  $465,643 were  converted into Class A and Class B common
stock effective as of September 30, 1996 at an exchange rate of $1.85 per share.
Such exchange did not affect the results of operations.

(continued)


                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE J)--Capital Deficiency: (continued)

      [2] Issuance of Class A common stock:

   
      In February 1997,  the Company issued an assignee of M.K.D.  Capital Corp.
("M.K.D."),  132,000 shares of Class A common stock for total  consideration  of
$149,160.  The shares were  valued at their fair value at the date of  issuance.
M.K.D.  paid  $3,850 in cash and the  remaining  $145,310  has been  charged  to
operations for services rendered.
    

      [3] Issuance of Class B common stock:

   
      In November 1996,  the Company  entered into an agreement to issue 216,000
shares  of Class B common  stock  for  $6,300  to the  chairman  of the board of
directors.  The Company  valued these shares at $233,280,  their  estimated fair
value at the date of issuance,  and charged  $226,980 to operations in the three
months ended December 31, 1996.
    

      [4] Stock option plan:

      In 1997,  the Company  adopted a stock  option  plan under  which  200,000
shares of Class A common stock are reserved for issuance upon exercise of either
incentive or  nonincentive  stock options which may be granted from time to time
by the board of  directors to employees  and others.  In May and July 1997,  the
Company  granted options to purchase 57,500 shares of Class A common stock at $5
per share.  The options  become  exercisable  during the period from August 1997
through July 2000 and expire in May through July 2007.

      [5] Shares reserved for issuance:

   
      The Company has reserved  1,634,000 shares of its Class A common stock for
issuance upon exercise of the outstanding warrants and options.
    

      [6] Common and preferred stock:

   
      The shares authorized aggregate 19,640,000 shares of Class A common stock,
360,000 shares of Class B common stock and 5,000,000  shares of preferred  stock
all with $.01 par  value.  The  Class A and  Class B shares of common  stock are
substantially  identical  except that the Class A common  stockholders  have the
right to cast one vote per share and the  Class B common  stockholders  have the
right to cast five votes per share.  Upon the occurrence of certain events,  the
Class B shares automatically  convert into Class A shares.  Effective August 15,
1997,  144,000  shares of Class B common stock  converted into 144,000 shares of
Class A common stock.
    

(NOTE K)--Income Taxes:

      Prior to March 1997, the Company was a limited  liability  company and was
not subject to income taxes, however the Company's income or loss is required to
be recognized by the members and taxed on their  individual  income tax returns.
Accordingly,  the losses incurred through February 1997 will not be available to
offset the Company's future taxable income, if any.

   
      The  Company's  deferred  tax asset at June 30, 1997  represents a benefit
from net operating loss carryforward of $462,000 which is reduced by a valuation
allowance of $462,000 since the likelihood of realization of such tax benefit is
not presently  determinable.  The  Company's  provision for income taxes for the
nine months ended June 30, 1997 are comprised of the deferred tax items.
    

(continued)


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE K)--Income Taxes: (continued)

      The  difference  between  the  statutory  federal  income  tax rate on the
Company's  net loss and the  Company's  effective  income  tax rate for the nine
month period ended June 30, 1997 is summarized as follows:

   
          Statutory federal income tax rate ...............       34.0%
          Loss available to members .......................      (10.3)
          Compensation charge .............................       (2.6)
          Increase in valuation allowance .................      (21.1)
                                                                  ----
          Effective income tax rate .......................        0.0%
                                                                  ====
    

(NOTE L)--Fair Value of Financial Instruments:

   
      The  estimated  fair value of financial  instruments  has been  determined
based on available market information and appropriate  valuation  methodologies.
The carrying amounts of cash, accounts payable, notes payable to bank and others
approximate  fair value at  September  30, 1996 and June 30, 1997 because of the
short maturity of these  financial  instruments.  The fair value  estimates were
based on  information  available to management as of September 30, 1996 and June
30, 1997.
    

(NOTE M)--Commitments, Contingency and Other Matters:

      [1] Operating leases:

      The Company leases office space and equipment under operating  leases with
initial  or  remaining  terms of one year or more  expiring  through  June 2000.
Certain  leases  obligate  the  Company  for  property   taxes,   insurance  and
maintenance. Future minimum rental payments under these leases are as follows:

   
            Twelve Months
          Ending June 30,                                        Amount
           ---------------                                      --------
               1998 .......................................     $ 96,000
               1999 .......................................       85,822
               2000 .......................................       64,795
                                                                --------
                                                                $246,613
                                                                ========
    

      Rent expense  inclusive of taxes,  maintenance  and insurance,  aggregated
$43,312 for the year ended September 30, 1996, $45,273 for the nine months ended
June 30, 1997 and $22,223 for the nine months ended June 30, 1996.

      In May 1997, the Company  entered into an operating  equipment lease which
requires,  among other  things,  a $70,000  initial  payment and,  until certain
covenants are met, an $85,000  irrevocable stand by letter of credit. As of June
30,  1997,  the Company has not  accepted  the  equipment  and the lease has not
commenced,  however, the Company paid the initial $70,000 payment which has been
included  in other  assets.  Additionally,  the  Company  is in the  process  of
obtaining  the stand by letter of credit and has been  informed by its bank that
the bank will require an $85,000 certificate of deposit as security.

(continued)


                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.
                          Successor to MegaVision, L.C.
                          (a development stage company)

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                  (Information with respect to June 30, 1997)
                 and the nine-month periods ended June 30, 1997
                        and June 30, 1996 is unaudited)


(NOTE M)--Commitments, Contingency and Other Matters: (continued)

      [2] Broker agreement:

   
      In October 1996, the Company  entered into an agreement with M.K.D.  which
was modified  January 16, 1997 that provides for M.K.D. to introduce the Company
to businesses that may be interested in either  purchasing  products or services
from the Company or providing  services under the HealthCare  Solutions Card. In
the event the  introductions  lead to the  purchase of the  Company's  products,
M.K.D.  will receive a commission equal to 3% of gross payments.  Gross payments
shall mean payments collected by or on behalf of any business contact for any of
the Company's  products,  less any direct  manufacturing  costs  incurred by the
Company in the production of such products and any broker's commissions payable.
In  addition,  in  connection  with the January 1997  modification,  the Company
issued  132,000  shares of Class A common stock to M.K.D.'s  assignee for $3,850
(see Note J[2]).
    

      [3] Self-insurance:

      The Company had been self-insured for its workers' compensation  insurance
benefits.  In March 1997, the Company obtained  workers'  compensation  coverage
from a commercial insurance carrier.

(NOTE N)--Subsequent Event:

   
     In September 1997, the Company granted  warrants to purchase 284,000 shares
of Class A  Common  Stock to its  Chairman  of the  Board  and  Cheif  Executive
Officer. The warrants are exercisable at $1.00 per share and expire in September
2007.  The Company has valued these  warrants at $416,922,  the  estimated  Fair
market  value of the  warrants  at the date of  grant,  and  expects  to incur a
non-cash  charge to operations of $416,922 in the quarter  ending  September 30,
1997.  Of the  284,000  shares,  142,000  are  immediately  exercisable  and the
remaining  142,000  will become  exercisable  upon the Company  meeting  certain
performance goals or the stock price exceeding certain targets. If these targets
are not met the warrants will be canceled. However, should the goals be met, the
Company will  recognize an additional  expense equal to the fair market value of
the portion of the warrants  subject to such  targets.  The warrants will become
exercisable  if either (a) the  Company's  minimum  pretax  income,  as defined,
equals or exceeds $3,800,000 for the year ending September 30, 1998,  $5,500,000
for the year  ending  September  30,  1999 or  $7,500,000  for the  year  ending
September  30, 2000 or (b) the average  closing price of the common stock equals
or exceeds  $12.50 per share for a 30 trading day period in the 18-month  period
beginning  with the  consummation  of the IPO or $16.50 per share for 30 trading
days in the period  beginning after 18 months after the  consummation of the IPO
to 36 months after the IPO.
    


                                      F-14

<PAGE>

      [The following paragraph describes a graphic in the printed material]

The artwork contains  pictures of (i) the Company's  HealthCare  Solutions Card,
(ii) a caduceus, (iii) pharmaceutical pills and (iv) a health care professional.
The artwork also contains the following  legends:  "It's a savings card.  Not an
insurance  plan." and "The simplicity of the HealthCare  Solutions Card makes it
easy to market to  consumers."  The second legend also describes the benefits of
the HealthCare Solutions Card.

<PAGE>

================================================================================

   No  dealer,  salesman  or  other  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any
information or to make any  representations,  other than those contained in this
Prospectus,  and, if given or made, such information or representations must not
be relied upon as having been authorized by the Company or by the  Underwriters.
This  Prospectus  does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation  of an
offer to buy, any  securities  offered hereby by anyone in any  jurisdiction  in
which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making
such offer or  solicitation is not qualified to do so or to anyone to whom it is
unlawful  to make such offer,  or  solicitation.  Neither  the  delivery of this
Prospectus nor any sale made hereunder shall,  under any  circumstances,  create
any implication that the information  herein contained is correct as of any time
subsequent to the date of this Prospectus.

                               ------------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
Prospectus Summary ........................................................    3
   
Risk Factors ..............................................................    7
Use of Proceeds ...........................................................   16
Dividend Policy ...........................................................   17
Capitalization ............................................................   18
Dilution ..................................................................   19
Selected Financial Data ...................................................   20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
 Financial Condition and Results of Operations ............................   21
Business ..................................................................   24
Management ................................................................   32
Certain Transactions ......................................................   37
Principal Stockholders ....................................................   39
Description of Securities .................................................   42
Shares Eligible for Future Sale ...........................................   46
Underwriting ..............................................................   47
Legal Matters .............................................................   49
Experts ...................................................................   49
Additional Information ....................................................   50
    
Index to Financial Statements .............................................  F-1
                               ------------------

     Until  ,  1997,  all  dealers  effecting  transactions  in  the  registered
securities,  whether or not participating in this distribution,  may be required
to deliver a  Prospectus.  This is in addition to the  obligation  of dealers to
deliver a  Prospectus  when  acting as  underwriters  and with  respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.

================================================================================


================================================================================


                                 1,760,000 Units

                                   HEALTHCORE
                                     MEDICAL
                                 SOLUTIONS, INC.


                         Consisting of 1,760,000 shares
                           of Class A Common Stock and
                      1,760,000 Redeemable Class A Warrants

                                  ------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                  ------------


                              D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT
                                  BANKING CORP.


                               _____________, 1997

================================================================================

<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     Information Not Required in Prospectus

Item 13.  Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     The estimated  expenses  payable by the  Registrant in connection  with the
issuance  and  distribution  of the  securities  being  registered  (other  than
underwriting discounts and commissions) are as follows:

                                                                         Amount
                                                                         ------
SEC Registration Fee ........................................           $  7,721
NASD Filing Fees ............................................              3,048
Nasdaq Filing Fees ..........................................             18,000
Printing and Engraving Expenses .............................            100,000
Accounting Fees and Expenses ................................            150,000
Legal Fees and Expenses .....................................            200,000
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ..................................             25,000
Transfer Agent's Fees and Expenses ..........................             10,000
Miscellaneous Expenses ......................................             61,231
                                                                        --------
        Total ...............................................           $575,000
                                                                        ========

Item 14.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers

     The Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  and By-Laws of the
Registrant  provide  that the  Company  shall  indemnify  any person to the full
extent  permitted by the General  Corporation  Law of the State of Delaware (the
"DGCL").  Section  145 of the  DGCL,  relating  to  indemnification,  is  hereby
incorporated herein by reference.

     Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities under the Securities Act may be
permitted to directors,  officers or controlling persons of the Company pursuant
to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation,  By-Laws and
the DGCL,  the Company has been informed  that in the opinion of the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

     The Company's  Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  includes
certain  provisions  permitted  pursuant to Delaware  law whereby  officers  and
directors of the Company are to be indemnified against certain liabilities.  The
Company's Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation also limits, to the
fullest  extent  permitted by Delaware law, a director's  liability for monetary
damages  for  breach of  fiduciary  duty,  including  gross  negligence,  except
liability  for (i)  breach  of the  director's  duty of  loyalty,  (ii)  acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation of the law, (iii) the unlawful payment of a dividend or unlawful stock
purchase or redemption and (iv) any transaction  from which the director derives
an improper personal benefit.  Delaware law does not eliminate a director's duty
of care and this  provision  has no  effect  on the  availability  of  equitable
remedies such as injunction or rescission based upon a director's  breach of the
duty of care.

     In accordance with Section 102(a) (7) of the DGCL, the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant eliminates the personal liability
of directors to the Company or its  stockholders for monetary damages for breach
of fiduciary  duty as a director with certain  limited  exceptions  set forth in
Section 102(a) (7).

     The Registrant also intends to enter into  indemnification  agreements with
each of its officers and  directors,  the form of which is filed as Exhibit 10.4
and reference is hereby made to such form.

   
     Reference is made to Section 6 of the Underwriting  Agreement (Exhibit 1.1)
which provides for  indemnification  by the Underwriters of the Registrant,  its
officers and directors.
    

Item 15.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

     During  the last  three  years,  the  Registrant  has sold and  issued  the
following unregistered securities:
 
     In February 1997, in connection with the merger of MegaVision L.C. into the
Registrant,  the  Registrant  issued an aggregate  of 684,000  shares of Class A
Common Stock and 360,000 shares of Class B Common Stock to the former members of
MegaVision L.C.


                                      II-1
<PAGE>

   
     In February 1997, the Registrant  sold 132,000 and 24,000 shares of Class A
Common Stock to an affiliate of MKD Capital Corp.  and DHF  International  Inc.,
respectively, at a purchase price of approximately $.03 and $2.01, respectively,
per share. In connection with the sale of shares of Class A Common Stock sold to
M.K.D.,  M.K.D.  agreed to modify an existing  contract with the  Registrant and
reduce the  commissions  it will be entitled to receive from the  Registrant for
sales of the Registrant's  products originated by M.K.D. and for introducing the
Registrant to  additional  networks of health care  providers,  if such networks
enter into a contract with the Registrant.

     The above  transactions  were private  transactions  not involving a public
offering and were exempt from the registration  provisions of the Securities Act
of 1933, as amended,  pursuant to Section 4(2)  thereof.  The sale of securities
was without  the use of an  underwriter,  and the  certificates  evidencing  the
shares bear a  restrictive  legend  permitting  the  transfer  thereof only upon
registration  of the shares or an exemption under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended. The foregoing recipients of Common Stock of the Registrant were (i) six
accredited  investors,  as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under
Section  4(2) of the  Securities  Act,  (ii) four  officers or  directors of the
Registrant  and (iii) two  sophisticated  investors  capable  of  evaluating  an
investment in the Registrant.  All of the  sophisticated  investors had adequate
access to  information  about the  Registrant.  In addition,  the  recipients of
securities in each such transaction  represented  their intention to acquire the
securities  for  investment  purposes only and not with a view to or for sale in
connection with any distribution thereof.

     In February  and March 1997,  the Company  issued an aggregate of 46 units,
each unit consisting of a subordinated  note in the principal  amount of $50,000
bearing  interest at 10% per annum and  warrants to  purchase  25,000  shares of
Class A Common  Stock at an  exercise  price of $4.00  per share  (assuming  the
offering  contemplated by this Registration  Statement is not consummated) to 64
accredited  investors for an aggregate  purchase price of $2,300,000.  The units
were issued pursuant to an exemption from registration  provided by Regulation D
promulgated under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. The  Representative  acted
as the Registrant's placement agent in connection with these private placements.
In connection therewith,  the Registrant paid sales commissions in the aggregate
amount of $230,000 and a  non-accountable  expense  allowance  in the  aggregate
amount of $69,000.
    

Item 16.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   
  (a) Exhibits
     1.1   --   Form of Underwriting Agreement
     3.1*  --   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 
                Registrant
     3.2*  --   By-laws of the Registrant
     4.1*  --   Form of Bridge Note
     4.2*  --   Bridge Warrant Agreement
     4.3*  --   Form of Warrant Agreement
     4.4   --   Form of Representative's Unit Purchase Option
     5.1   --   Opinion of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP
    10.1*  --   1997 Stock Option Plan
    10.2*  --   Amended and Restated Escrow Agreement dated as of  
                July  31,  1997 by and between the Registrant, American  
                Stock Transfer & Trust Company and certain stockholders
                of the Registrant
    10.3*  --   Form of Network Provider Agreement
    10.4*  --   Form of Indemnification Agreement
    10.5*  --  Lease Agreement for office space in Grandview, Missouri between  
               the Registrant and J.C. Nichols Company, as amended by an 
               Assignment  and First  Amendment of Lease dated July 18, 1997.
    10.6*  --  Voting Agreement dated June 5, 1997 by and between 
               Theodore W. White, Jr. and Neal J. Polan
    10.7*  --  Form of Broker Agreement
    10.8*  --  Agreement between M.K.D. Capital Corp. and the Registrant, 
               as amended.
    


                                      II-2
<PAGE>

   
    23.1   --  Consent of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP-- Included 
               in Exhibit 5.1
    23.2   --  Consent of Richard A.  Eisner & Company,  LLP -- Included on 
               Page II-6  
    24.1*  --  Power of  Attorney  --  Included  on Page  II-5  
    27.1   --  Financial Data Schedule
    

- --------------
  *  Previously filed.
       

Item 17.  Undertakings

     (1) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

          (a) File, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a
     post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

               (i) Include any  prospectus  required by Section  10(a)(3) of the
          Securities Act,

               (ii)  Reflect  in the  prospectus  any  facts  or  events  which,
          individually  or  together,  represent  a  fundamental  change  in the
          information in the registration statement, and

               (iii) Include any additional or changed  material  information on
          the plan of  distribution.  

          (b) For  determining  liability  under the Securities  Act, treat each
     post-effective  amendment as a new registration statement of the securities
     offered,  and the offering of the securities at that time to be the initial
     bona fide offering.

          (c) File a post-effective amendment to remove from registration any of
     the securities that remain unsold at the end of this offering.

   
     (2)  The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates
in  such  denominations  and  registered  in  such  names  as  required  by  the
Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
    

     (3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act may be  permitted to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons of the
Registrant pursuant to the foregoing  provisions,  or otherwise,  the Registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such  indemnification  is
against  public  policy as expressed in the  Securities  Act and is,  therefore,
unenforceable.  In the  event  that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such
liabilities  (other than the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred or
paid by a  director,  officer or  controlling  person of the  Registrant  in the
successful  defense of any  action,  suit or  proceeding)  is  asserted  by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,  submit to a court of  appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification  by it is against public
policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and will be  governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

     (4) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that it will:

          (a) For  determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat the
     information  omitted  from  the  form of  prospectus  filed as part of this
     Registration  Statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a form
     of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or
     497(h) under the Securities Act as part of this  registration  statement as
     of the time it was declared effective.

          (b) For determining any liability under the Securities Act, treat each
     post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a form  of  prospectus  as a new
     registration  statement  for the  securities  offered  in the  registration
     statement,  and the offering of such securities at that time as the initial
     bona fide offering of those securities.


                                      II-3
<PAGE>

                               CONSENT OF COUNSEL

     The consent of Bachner,  Tally,  Polevoy & Misher LLP will be  contained in
its opinion to be filed as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement.


                                      II-4
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   
     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of 1933, the
Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all
of the requirements for filing on Form SB-2 and has authorized this Registration
Statement  or Amendment  thereto to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,
thereunto duly  authorized,  in the City of Grandview,  State of Missouri on the
17th day of September, 1997.
    

                                              HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

                                              By: /s/    NEAL J. POLAN
                                                  ------------------------------
                                                         Neal J. Polan
                                                         Chairman and 
                                                    Chief Executive Officer
       

     In accordance  with the  requirements  of the Securities Act of 1933,  this
Registration  Statement  or Amendment  thereto has been signed by the  following
persons in the capacities and on the dates stated.

       Signature                      Title                          Date
       ---------                      -----                          ----
                      
   
/s/     NEAL J. POLAN        Chairman of the Board            September 17, 1997
- --------------------------     and Chief Executive Officer    
        Neal J. Polan          (principal executive officer) 
                             

/s/ JAMES H. STEINHEIDER     Chief Operating Officer and      September 17, 1997
- --------------------------     Chief Financial Officer 
    James H. Steinheider      (principal financial and
                               accounting officer)     
                             

/s/ NORMAN H. WERTHWEIN      Director                         September 17, 1997
- --------------------------   
    Norman H. Werthwein

/s/    ELI LEVITIN           Director                         September 17, 1997
- --------------------------
       Eli Levitin
    

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the inclusion in this registration  statement on Form SB-2 of
our report dated October 31, 1996 (with respect to Notes A, H, I and J March 13,
1997), on the financial  statements of HealthCore Medical Solutions,  Inc. as at
September 30, 1996 and for the year then ended and the periods from June 1, 1995
(inception)  through  September  30, 1995 and June 1, 1995  (inception)  through
September  30,  1996.  We also  consent to the  reference  to our firm under the
captions "Selected Financial Data" and "Experts."

Richard A. Eisner & Company, LLP

New York, New York
   
September 16, 1997
    


                                      II-6



                                 1,760,000 Units

(each Unit consisting of (i) one share of Class A Common Stock,  par value $0.01
per share,  and (ii) one  redeemable  Class A Warrant to  purchase  one share of
Class A Common Stock)

                       HealthCore Medical Solutions, Inc.

                             Underwriting Agreement

                                   [__], 1997

D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.
(as representative of the several underwriters
named in Schedule A attached hereto)
44 Wall Street, 2nd Floor
New York, New York 10005

                  HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation
(the "Company"), proposes to issue and sell to the several underwriters named in
Schedule A attached hereto  (collectively,  the "Underwriters") for whom you are
acting as representative  (the  "Representative")  pursuant to this Underwriting
Agreement  (this  "Agreement")  an aggregate of One Million  Seven Hundred Sixty
Thousand  (1,760,000) Units, each unit being hereinafter referred to as a "Unit"
and  consisting  of (i) one share of class A common  stock,  par value $0.01 per
share ("Shares"), and (ii) one redeemable class A warrant ("Class A Warrants" or
"Warrants")  to  purchase  one  share of class A common  stock at a price of Six
Dollars and Fifty Cents  ($6.50)  from _____,  1997)  through  [__],  2002.  The
Warrants are subject to redemption, in certain instances commencing one (1) year
from the date of this Agreement.  In addition,  the Company proposes to grant to
the  Underwriters  the option referred to in Section 2(b) to purchase all or any
part of an aggregate of Two Hundred  Sixty Four  Thousand  (264,000)  additional
Units,  subject  to the  right  of the  Representative  to  elect,  in its  sole
discretion,  to exercise such option individually,  and not as representative of
the several  Underwriters.  Unless the  context  otherwise  indicates,  the term
"Units" shall include the Two Hundred Sixty Four Thousand  (264,000)  additional
Units referred to above.

                  The  aggregate of One Million  Seven  Hundred  Sixty  Thousand
(1,760,000)  Units to be sold by the Company,  together  with all or any part of
the Two Hundred Sixty Four Thousand  (264,000)  Units which the  Underwriters or
the Representative,  on an individual basis, as the case may be, have the option
to purchase, and the Shares and the Warrants comprising such Units, are


<PAGE>

herein  called  the  "Units".  The  class A common  stock of the  Company  to be
outstanding  after giving  effect to the sale of the Shares is herein called the
"Common  Stock".  The Shares and Warrants  included in the Units  (including the
Units which the Underwriters or the  Representative,  on an individual basis, as
the case may be, have the option to purchase) are herein collectively called the
"Securities".

                  You have  advised the Company  that you desire to purchase the
Units.  The  Company  confirms  the  agreements  made by it with  respect to the
purchase of the Units by you as follows:

                  1.  Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the several Underwriters that:

                  (a) A registration statement (File No. 333-28233) on Form SB-2
relating  to the public  offering of the Units,  including a form of  prospectus
subject to completion,  copies of which have  heretofore  been delivered to you,
has been  prepared by the Company in  conformity  with the  requirements  of the
Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"),  and the rules and  regulations
(the "Rules and  Regulations")  of the Securities and Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  thereunder,  and has been filed with the Commission under the Act
and one or more  amendments  to such  registration  statement  may have  been so
filed.  After the  execution of this  Agreement,  the Company will file with the
Commission  either  (i) if such  registration  statement,  as it may  have  been
amended,  has been  declared by the  Commission  to be effective  under the Act,
either  (A) if the  Company  relies on Rule 434 under the Act,  a Term Sheet (as
hereinafter  defined)  relating to the Units that shall identify the Preliminary
Prospectus  (as  hereinafter  defined)  that  it  supplements   containing  such
information  as is required or permitted by Rules 434, 430A and 424(b) under the
Act or (B) if the Company  does not rely on Rule 434 under the Act, a prospectus
in the  form  most  recently  included  in an  amendment  to  such  registration
statement (or, if no such amendment shall have been filed, in such  registration
statement),  with such changes or  insertions as are required by Rule 430A under
the Act or  permitted  by Rule  424(b)  under  the Act and in the case of either
clause (i)(A) or (i)(B) of this sentence,  as have been provided to and approved
by the Representative prior to the execution of this Agreement,  or (ii) if such
registration  statement,  as it may have been amended,  has not been declared by
the Commission to be effective under the Act, an amendment to such  registration
statement,  including a form of prospectus,  a copy of which  amendment has been
furnished to and approved by the  Representative  prior to the execution of this
Agreement.  As used in this Agreement,  the term "Registration  Statement" means
such registration  statement,  as amended at the time when it was or is declared
effective,  including all financial schedules and exhibits thereto and including
any  information  omitted  therefrom  pursuant  to Rule  430A  under the Act and
included in the  Prospectus  (as  hereinafter  defined);  the term  "Preliminary
Prospectus"  means  each  prospectus  subject  to  completion  filed  with  such
registration  statement  or any  amendment  thereto  (including  the  prospectus
subject to completion,  if any,  included in the  Registration  Statement or any
amendment  thereto  at the  time  it was or is  declared  effective);  the  term
"Prospectus" means (A) if the Company relies on Rule 434 under the Act, the Term
Sheet relating to the Units that is first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(7) under
the Act, together with the Preliminary  Prospectus  identified therein that such
Term Sheet  supplements;  (B) if the Company does not rely on Rule 434 under the
Act, the


                                       2
<PAGE>

prospectus first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act
or (C) if the  Company  does  not  rely  on  Rule  434  under  the Act and if no
prospectus is required to be filed pursuant to said Rule 424(b), such term means
the  prospectus  included  in the  Registration  Statement;  except that if such
registration   statement  or  prospectus  is  amended  or  such   prospectus  is
supplemented,  after the effective date of such registration statement and prior
to the Option Closing Date (as  hereinafter  defined),  the terms  "Registration
Statement"  and  "Prospectus"  shall  include such  registration  statement  and
prospectus as so amended, and the term "Prospectus" shall include the prospectus
as so supplemented, or both, as the case may be; and the term "Term Sheet" means
any term sheet that  satisfies the  requirements  of Rule 434 under the Act. Any
reference  to the "date" of a Prospectus  that  includes a Term Sheet shall mean
the date of such Term Sheet.

                  (b) The  Commission  has not  issued any order  preventing  or
suspending the use of any Preliminary  Prospectus.  At the time the Registration
Statement becomes effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on the
Closing Date (as  hereinafter  defined) or the Option  Closing Date, as the case
may be, (i) the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus  will in all  respects
conform to the requirements of the Act and the Rules and  Regulations;  and (ii)
neither the  Registration  Statement nor the Prospectus  will include any untrue
statement of a material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make statements therein not misleading; provided,
however, that the Company makes no representations,  warranties or agreements as
to  information  contained  in or omitted  from the  Registration  Statement  or
Prospectus  in  reliance  upon,  and in  conformity  with,  written  information
furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the  Underwriters  specifically  for
use in the preparation  thereof.  It is understood that the statements set forth
in the  Prospectus  on page 2 with respect to  stabilization,  under the heading
"Risk  Factors -- Possible  Adverse  Effect on the  Liquidity  of the  Company's
Securities  Due to  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  Investigation  of the
Representative  and Blair & Co. and Recent Settlement by Blair & Co. with NASD",
the first sentence  under the heading "Risk Factors  -Possible  Restrictions  on
Market-Making   Activities   in   Company's   Securities",   under  the  heading
"Underwriting" and the identity of counsel to the Underwriters under the heading
"Legal Matters"  constitute the only  information  furnished in writing by or on
behalf of the  Underwriters  for  inclusion in the  Registration  Statement  and
Prospectus, as the case may be.

                  (c) The  Company  has been duly  incorporated  and is  validly
existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of
its  incorporation,  with full power and authority  (corporate and other) to own
its  properties  and conduct its business as described in the  Prospectus and is
duly qualified to do business as a foreign  corporation  and is in good standing
in all other  jurisdictions in which the nature of its business or the character
or location of its properties requires such qualification,  except where failure
to so qualify will not materially affect the Company's  business,  properties or
financial condition.

                  (d) The authorized,  issued and  outstanding  capital stock of
the  Company  as of  June  30,  1997 is as set  forth  in the  Prospectus  under
"Capitalization";  the shares of issued  and  outstanding  capital  stock of the
Company set forth thereunder have been duly  authorized,  validly issued and are
fully  paid  and  non-assessable;  except  as set  forth in the  Prospectus,  no
options,


                                       3
<PAGE>

warrants, or other rights to purchase, agreements or other obligations to issue,
or  agreements  or other rights to convert any  obligation  into,  any shares of
capital  stock of the Company  have been granted or entered into by the Company;
and the capital stock conforms to all statements  relating thereto  contained in
the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

                  (e) The Units and the  Shares  are duly  authorized,  and when
issued  and  delivered  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  will be duly  authorized,
validly issued,  fully paid and  nonassessable  and free of preemptive rights of
any security holder of the Company.  The Warrants have been duly authorized and,
when  issued  and  delivered  pursuant  to this  Agreement,  will have been duly
executed,  issued and delivered and will  constitute  valid and legally  binding
obligations of the Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar laws relating to
or affecting  creditors'  rights generally and by general  principles of equity,
and entitled to the benefits provided by the warrant agreement pursuant to which
such  Warrants  are to be  issued  (the  "Warrant  Agreement"),  which  will  be
substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Warrants have been reserved
for issuance  upon the  exercise of the  Warrants and when issued in  accordance
with the terms of the Warrants and Warrant  Agreement,  will be duly and validly
authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive
rights and no personal  liability  will  attach to the  ownership  thereof.  The
Warrant  Agreement  has been duly  authorized  and,  when executed and delivered
pursuant to this Agreement,  will have been duly executed and delivered and will
constitute the valid and legally binding  obligation of the Company  enforceable
in  accordance  with  its  terms,  except  as  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  moratorium  or similar  laws  relating to or  affecting  creditors'
rights  generally  and by general  principles  of equity.  The  Warrants and the
Warrant  Agreement  conform  to  the  respective  descriptions  thereof  in  the
Registration Statement and Prospectus.  The Shares and the Warrants contained in
the Unit Purchase Option (as such term is defined in the  Prospectus)  have been
duly  authorized  and,  when duly  issued  and  delivered,  such  Warrants  will
constitute valid and legally binding  obligations of the Company  enforceable in
accordance with their terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting  creditors' rights generally
and by general  principles of equity,  and entitled to the benefits  provided by
the Unit Purchase  Option.  The Shares included in the Unit Purchase Option (and
the shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of such Warrants) when issued
and sold in  accordance  with the  terms of the  Unit  Purchase  Option  and the
Warrant Agreement, as the case may be, will be duly authorized,  validly issued,
fully paid and  non-assessable  and free of  preemptive  rights and no  personal
liability will attach to the ownership thereof.

                  (f)  This  Agreement,   the  Unit  Purchase  Option,  the  M/A
Agreement  and the  Escrow  Agreement  have  been duly and  validly  authorized,
executed and  delivered  by the  Company.  The Company has full power and lawful
authority to  authorize,  issue and sell the Units to be sold by it hereunder on
the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  herein,   and  no  consent,   approval,
authorization  or other  order of any  governmental  authority  is  required  in
connection  with  such  authorization,   execution  and  delivery  or  with  the
authorization,  issue and sale of the Units or the Unit Purchase Option,  except
such as may be required under the Act or state securities laws.


                                       4
<PAGE>

                  (g) Except as described in the Prospectus,  the Company is not
in  violation,   breach  or  default  of  or  under,  and  consummation  of  the
transactions  herein  contemplated  and the  fulfillment  of the  terms  of this
Agreement  will not conflict  with, or result in a material  breach or violation
of, any of the terms or provisions  of, or constitute a material  default under,
or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,  charge or encumbrance upon
any of the  property  or  assets  of the  Company  pursuant  to the terms of any
indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust, loan agreement or other material agreement
or  instrument  to which the  Company is a party or by which the  Company may be
bound or to which any of the  property or assets of the Company is subject,  nor
will such action  result in any  violation of the  provisions of the articles of
incorporation or the by-laws of the Company,  as amended,  or any statute or any
order,  rule or  regulation  applicable  to the  Company  of any court or of any
regulatory  authority or other  governmental  body having  jurisdiction over the
Company.

                  (h) Subject to the  qualifications  stated in the  Prospectus,
the Company has good and marketable title to all properties and assets described
in the  Prospectus  as  owned  by it,  free and  clear  of all  liens,  charges,
encumbrances or restrictions,  except such as are not materially  significant or
important in relation to its business;  all of the material leases and subleases
under which the Company is the lessor or  sublessor of  properties  or assets or
under which the Company  holds  properties  or assets as lessee or  sublessee as
described  in the  Prospectus  are in full  force  and  effect,  and,  except as
described  in the  Prospectus,  the  Company is not in  default in any  material
respect with respect to any of the terms or  provisions of any of such leases or
subleases,  and no claim has been  asserted  by anyone  adverse to rights of the
Company as lessor,  sublessor,  lessee or  sublessee  under any of the leases or
subleases  mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the right of the Company
to continued  possession of the leased or subleased premises or assets under any
such lease or sublease except as described or referred to in the Prospectus; and
the Company owns or leases all such  properties  described in the  Prospectus as
are necessary to its operations as now conducted and, except as otherwise stated
in the Prospectus, as proposed to be conducted as set forth in the Prospectus.

                  (i)  Richard A.  Eisner & Company,  LLP,  who have given their
reports  on  certain  financial  statements  filed  and  to be  filed  with  the
Commission as a part of the  Registration  Statement,  which are incorporated in
the Prospectus, are with respect to the Company,  independent public accountants
as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

                  (j) The financial statements, together with related notes, set
forth in the  Prospectus  (or if the  Prospectus is not in  existence,  the most
recent Preliminary  Prospectus) or the Registration Statement present fairly the
financial  position and results of operations  and changes in cash flow position
of the  Company  on the  basis  stated  in the  Registration  Statement,  at the
respective  dates and for the  respective  periods  to which  they  apply.  Said
statements  and related notes have been prepared in  accordance  with  generally
accepted accounting principles applied on a basis which is consistent during the
periods  involved.  The  information  set forth under the  captions  "Dilution",
"Capitalization",  and  "Selected  Financial  Data"  in  the  Prospectus  fairly
present,  on the basis stated in the  Prospectus in all material  respects,  the
information included therein.


                                       5
<PAGE>

                  (k) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
is given in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus (or, if the Prospectus is
not in existence, the most recent Preliminary  Prospectus),  the Company has not
incurred  any  liabilities  or  obligations,  direct or  contingent,  not in the
ordinary course of business, or entered into any transaction not in the ordinary
course of business,  which is material to the business of the Company, and there
has not been any change in the capital stock of, or any incurrence of short-term
or long-term debt by, the Company or any issuance of options,  warrants or other
rights to purchase the capital stock of the Company or any adverse change or any
development  involving,  so far as the  Company  can now  reasonably  foresee  a
prospective  adverse  change in the condition  (financial or other),  net worth,
results of operations,  business,  key personnel or properties of it which would
be  material  to the  business  or  financial  condition  of the Company and the
Company has not become a party to, and neither the  business nor the property of
the Company has become the subject of, any material litigation whether or not in
the ordinary course of business.

                  (l)  Except as set forth in the  Prospectus,  there is not now
pending or, to the  knowledge of the Company,  threatened,  any action,  suit or
proceeding  to  which  the  Company  is a  party  before  or  by  any  court  or
governmental  agency or body,  which might result in any material adverse change
in the  condition  (financial  or other),  business  prospects,  net  worth,  or
properties  of the  Company,  nor are there any  actions,  suits or  proceedings
related to environmental  matters or related to  discrimination  on the basis of
age, sex, religion or race; and no labor disputes involving the employees of the
Company  exist or are imminent  which might be expected to adversely  affect the
conduct of the business,  property or  operations or the financial  condition or
results of operations of the Company.

                  (m) Except as  disclosed  in the  Prospectus,  the Company has
filed all necessary federal,  state and foreign income and franchise tax returns
and has paid all taxes  shown as due  thereon;  and  there is no tax  deficiency
which has been or to the knowledge of the Company might be asserted  against the
Company.

                  (n) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company has all
licenses,  permits and other governmental  authorizations currently required for
the conduct of its business or the  ownership of its  properties as described in
the Prospectus and is in all material respects  complying  therewith and owns or
possesses  adequate  rights to use all material  patents,  patent  applications,
trademarks,  copyrights,  service marks,  trade-names,  trademark registrations,
service mark registrations, copyrights and licenses necessary for the conduct of
such  business  and had not  received  any notice of conflict  with the asserted
rights of others in respect thereof. To the best knowledge of the Company,  none
of the  activities  or business of the Company are in violation of, or cause the
Company to violate, any law, rule, regulation or order of the United States, any
state,  county or locality,  or of any agency or body of the United States or of
any state,  county or  locality,  the  violation  of which would have a material
adverse impact upon the condition (financial or otherwise),  business, property,
prospective results of operations, or net worth of the Company.

                  (o) The Company has not,  directly or indirectly,  at any time
(i) made any


                                       6
<PAGE>

contributions to any candidate for political office, or failed to disclose fully
any such contribution in violation of law or (ii) made any payment to any state,
federal or foreign  governmental  officer or official,  or other person  charged
with similar public or quasi-public duties, other than payments or contributions
required  or  allowed by  applicable  law.  The  Company's  internal  accounting
controls and  procedures  are  sufficient  to cause the Company to comply in all
material respects with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

                  (p) On the Closing Dates (hereinafter defined) all transfer or
other taxes, (including franchise, capital stock or other tax, other than income
taxes,  imposed by any  jurisdiction)  if any,  which are required to be paid in
connection with the sale and transfer of the Units to the Underwriters hereunder
will have been fully paid or provided  for by the Company and all laws  imposing
such taxes will have been fully complied with.

                  (q) All  contracts  and other  documents of the Company  which
are,  under the Rules and  Regulations,  required to be filed as exhibits to the
Registration Statement have been so filed.

                  (r) The Company  has not taken and will not take,  directly or
indirectly,  any action designed to cause or result in, or which has constituted
or which might  reasonably  be  expected to  constitute,  the  stabilization  or
manipulation  of the price of the shares of Common Stock to facilitate  the sale
or resale of the Units hereby.

                  (s)      The Company has no subsidiaries.

                  (t) The Company has not entered into any agreement pursuant to
which any person is entitled either directly or indirectly to compensation  from
the Company for  services as a finder in  connection  with the  proposed  public
offering.

                  (u) Except as  previously  disclosed in writing by the Company
to the  Representative,  no officer,  director or stockholder of the Company has
any  affiliation or association  with any member of the National  Association of
Securities Dealers Inc. ("NASD").

                  (v) The Company is not, and upon receipt of the proceeds  from
the sale of the Units will not be, an "investment company" within the meaning of
the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended,  and the rules and  regulations
thereunder.

                  (w) The Company has not  distributed  and will not  distribute
prior to the First  Closing Date any offering  material in  connection  with the
offering  and  sale  of  the  Units  other  than  the  Preliminary   Prospectus,
Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or the other materials permitted by the
Act, if any.

                  (x) The  conditions  for use of Form SB-2, as set forth in the
General Instructions thereto, have been satisfied.


                                       7
<PAGE>

                  (y)  There  are no  business  relationships  or  related-party
transactions of the nature described in Item 404 of Regulation S-B involving the
Company and any person  described in such Item that are required to be disclosed
in the Prospectus  (or, if the  Prospectus is not in existence,  the most recent
Preliminary Prospectus) and that have not been so disclosed.

                  (z) The Company has complied  with all  provisions  of Section
517.075 Florida Statutes  relating to doing business with the government of Cuba
or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba.

                  2. Purchase, Delivery and Sale of the Units.

                  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and
upon  the  basis  of the  representations,  warranties,  and  agreements  herein
contained,  the Company agrees to issue and sell to the  Underwriters,  and each
Underwriter agrees,  severally and not jointly, to buy from the Company at $[__]
per Unit, at the place and time hereinafter  specified,  the number of Units set
forth opposite the name of such  Underwriter in Schedule A attached  hereto (the
"First  Units")  plus any  additional  Units which such  Underwriter  may become
obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 9 hereof.  The First
Units shall  consist of One Million Seven  Hundred  Sixty  Thousand  (1,760,000)
Units to be  purchased  from the  Company.  Delivery of the First Units  against
payment  therefor  shall take  place at the  offices  of D.H.  Blair  Investment
Banking Corp., 44 Wall Street,  2nd Floor,  New York, New York 10005 (or at such
other place as may be  designated  by agreement  between you and the Company) at
10:00 a.m., New York time, on [__],  1997, or at such later time and date as you
may  designate,  such time and date of payment and  delivery for the First Units
being herein called the "First Closing Date".

                  (b) In addition,  subject to the terms and  conditions of this
Agreement, and upon the basis of the representations,  warranties and agreements
herein  contained,  the Company hereby grants an option to the Underwriters (or,
at the Representative's option to the Representative,  individually) to purchase
all or any part of an aggregate of an additional 264,000 Units at the same price
per Unit as the  Underwriters  shall pay for the First Units being sold pursuant
to the  provisions of subsection  (a) of this Section 2 (such  additional  Units
being  referred to herein as the "Option  Units").  This option may be exercised
within 45 days  after the  effective  date of the  Registration  Statement  upon
notice by the  Representative to the Company advising as to the amount of Option
Units as to which the option is being exercised,  the names and denominations in
which the  certificates  for such Option Units are to be registered and the time
and date when such certificates are to be delivered. Such time and date shall be
determined by the  Representative,  but shall not be earlier than four nor later
than ten full business days after the exercise of said option,  nor in any event
prior to the First Closing Date, and such time and date is referred to herein as
the "Option Closing Date". Delivery of the Option Units against payment therefor
shall take place at the offices of D.H. Blair Investment  Banking Corp., 44 Wall
Street,  2nd Floor,  New York, New York 10005.  The number of Option Units to be
purchased by each  Underwriter,  if any,  shall bear the same  percentage to the
total  number  of Option  Units  being  purchased  by the  several  Underwriters
pursuant  to this  subsection  (b) as the  number of Units such  Underwriter  is
purchasing bears to the total


                                       8
<PAGE>

number of the First Units being  purchased  pursuant to  subsection  (a) of this
Section 2, as adjusted, in each case by the Representative in such manner as the
Representative  may  deem  appropriate.  The  Option  granted  hereunder  may be
exercised only to cover over-allotments in the sale by the Underwriters of First
Units referred to in subsection (a) above. In the event the Company  declares or
pays a dividend  or  distribution  on its Common  Stock,  whether in the form of
cash,  shares of Common  Stock or any other  consideration,  prior to the Option
Closing  Date,  such dividend or  distribution  shall also be paid on the Option
Units on the Option Closing Date.

                  (c) The Company will make the  certificates for the securities
comprising the Units to be purchased by the Underwriters  hereunder available to
you for checking at least two full business days prior to the First Closing Date
or the Option  Closing  Date (which are  collectively  referred to herein as the
"Closing Dates").  The certificates  shall be in such names and denominations as
you may request,  at least two full  business  days prior to the Closing  Dates.
Time shall be of the essence and  delivery  at the time and place  specified  in
this Agreement is a further  condition to the  obligations of the  Underwriters.
Definitive  certificates in negotiable form for the Units to be purchased by the
Underwriters  hereunder will be delivered by the Company to you for the accounts
of the  Underwriters  against  payment of the respective  purchase prices by the
Underwriters,  by certified or bank cashier's checks or, at the Representative's
option, by wire transfer in New York Clearing House funds,  payable to the order
of  the  Company.   In  addition,   in  the  event  the   Underwriters   or  the
Representative,  on an individual basis, as the case may be, exercise the option
to purchase from the Company all or any portion of the Option Units  pursuant to
the provisions of subsection (b) above,  payment for such Units shall be made to
or upon the order of the Company by  certified or bank  cashier's  checks or, at
the Representative's option, by wire transfer payable in New York Clearing House
funds at the offices of D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp., 44 Wall Street, 2nd
Floor,  New York, New York 10005, at the time and date of delivery of such Units
as required by the  provisions of subsection (b) above,  against  receipt of the
certificates for such Units by the Representative for the respective accounts of
the  Underwriters  registered  in such  names and in such  denominations  as the
Representative may request.  It is understood that you,  individually and not as
Representative of the several Underwriters,  may (but shall not be obligated to)
make any and all payments  required  pursuant to this Section 2 on behalf of any
Underwriters  whose  check  or  checks  shall  not  have  been  received  by the
Representative  at the time of  delivery  of the Units to be  purchased  by such
Underwriter or Underwriters.  Any such payment by you shall not relieve any such
Underwriter or Underwriters of any of its or their obligations hereunder.  It is
also understood that you  individually  rather than all of the  Underwriters may
(but shall not be  obligated  to)  purchase  the  Option  Units  referred  to in
subsection  (b) of this  Section  2,  but only to  cover  overallotments.  It is
understood  that the  Underwriters  propose  to offer the Units to be  purchased
hereunder  to the  public  upon  the  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in the
Registration Statement, after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

                  3. Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees
with the several Underwriters that:

                  (a) The  Company  will  use its  best  efforts  to  cause  the
Registration Statement to


                                       9
<PAGE>

become effective as promptly as possible. If required, the Company will file the
Prospectus  or any Term Sheet that  constitutes a part thereof and any amendment
or  supplement  thereto  with the  Commission  in the manner and within the time
period  required by Rules 434 and 424(b) under the Act. Upon  notification  from
the Commission that the Registration Statement has become effective, the Company
will so  advise  you and will  not at any  time,  whether  before  or after  the
effective  date,  file  the  Prospectus,  Term  Sheet  or any  amendment  to the
Registration  Statement or supplement  to the  Prospectus of which you shall not
previously  have been advised and furnished  with a copy or to which you or your
counsel shall have  objected in writing or which is not in  compliance  with the
Act and the Rules  and  Regulations.  At any time  prior to the later of (A) the
completion  by  all of  the  Underwriters  of  the  distribution  of  the  Units
contemplated  hereby  (but in no event more than nine  months  after the date on
which the Registration  Statement shall have become or been declared  effective)
and (B) 25 days after the date on which the  Registration  Statement  shall have
become or been  declared  effective,  the Company will prepare and file with the
Commission,  promptly upon your request,  any  amendments or  supplements to the
Registration Statement or Prospectus which, in your opinion, may be necessary or
advisable  in  connection  with the  distribution  of the Units.  As soon as the
Company is advised thereof,  the Company will advise you, and confirm the advice
in  writing,  of  the  receipt  of  any  comments  of  the  Commission,  of  the
effectiveness of any post-effective  amendment to the Registration Statement, of
the filing of any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus, of any
request made by the  Commission for amendment of the  Registration  Statement or
for  supplementing of the Prospectus or for additional  information with respect
thereto,  of the issuance by the  Commission or any state or regulatory  body of
any stop order or other order or threat thereof  suspending the effectiveness of
the Registration  Statement or any order preventing or suspending the use of any
preliminary  prospectus,  or of the suspension of the qualification of the Units
for offering in any  jurisdiction,  or of the institution of any proceedings for
any of such  purposes,  and will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of
any such  order,  and,  if issued,  to obtain as soon as  possible  the  lifting
thereof.  The  Company  has  caused  to be  delivered  to  you  copies  of  each
Preliminary Prospectus, and the Company has consented and hereby consents to the
use of such copies for the purposes permitted by the Act. The Company authorizes
the  Underwriters  and dealers to use the Prospectus in connection with the sale
of the Units for such  period as in the  opinion of counsel to the  Underwriters
the use thereof is required to comply with the applicable  provisions of the Act
and the Rules and Regulations. In case of the happening, at any time within such
period as a Prospectus  is required  under the Act to be delivered in connection
with sales by an  underwriter  or dealer of any event of which the  Company  has
knowledge  and which  materially  affects the Company or the  securities  of the
Company,  or which in the  opinion of counsel for the Company or counsel for the
Underwriters  should be set forth in an amendment of the Registration  Statement
or a supplement to the  Prospectus in order to make the  statements  therein not
then  misleading,  in  light  of the  circumstances  existing  at the  time  the
Prospectus is required to be delivered to a purchaser of the Units or in case it
shall be necessary to amend or supplement  the  Prospectus to comply with law or
with the Rules and  Regulations,  the  Company  will  notify  you  promptly  and
forthwith  prepare and furnish to you copies of such  amended  Prospectus  or of
such supplement to be attached to the Prospectus,  in such quantities as you may
reasonably request, in order that the Prospectus, as so amended or supplemented,
will not contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any
material facts necessary in order to make the statements in the


                                       10
<PAGE>

Prospectus,  in the light of the  circumstances  under which they are made,  not
misleading.  The  preparation and furnishing of any such amendment or supplement
to the Registration Statement or amended Prospectus or supplement to be attached
to the Prospectus shall be without expense to the  Underwriters,  except that in
case any  Underwriter is required,  in connection  with the sale of the Units to
deliver a  Prospectus  nine  months  or more  after  the  effective  date of the
Registration  Statement,  the Company will upon request of and at the expense of
the applicable  Underwriter,  amend or supplement the Registration Statement and
Prospectus and furnish the applicable  Underwriter with reasonable quantities of
prospectuses complying with Section 10(a)(3) of the Act. The Company will comply
with the Act, the Rules and Regulations and the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934
and the rules and  regulations  thereunder in  connection  with the offering and
issuance of the Units.

                  (b) The  Company  will  use its best  efforts  to  qualify  to
register  the Units for sale  under the  securities  or "blue  sky" laws of such
jurisdictions   as  the   Representative   may  designate  and  will  make  such
applications  and furnish such  information  as may be required for that purpose
and to comply  with such laws,  provided  the  Company  shall not be required to
qualify  as a foreign  corporation  or a dealer in  securities  or to  execute a
general  consent of service of process in any  jurisdiction  in any action other
than one arising out of the  offering  or sale of the Units.  The Company  will,
from time to time, prepare and file such statements and reports as are or may be
required to continue  such  qualification  in effect for so long a period as the
Representative may reasonably request.

                  (c) If the  sale  of the  Units  provided  for  herein  is not
consummated  for any reason  caused by the  Company,  the Company  shall pay all
costs and expenses  incident to the  performance  of the  Company's  obligations
hereunder, including but not limited to, all of the expenses itemized in Section
8, including the accountable out-of-pocket expenses of the Representative.

                  (d) The  Company  will use its  best  efforts  to (i)  cause a
registration  statement under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to be declared
effective  concurrently with the completion of this offering and will notify the
Representative   in  writing   immediately   upon  the   effectiveness  of  such
registration  statement,  and (ii) if requested by the Representative,  obtain a
listing on the Nasdaq  Small Cap Market and to obtain and keep current a listing
in the Standard & Poors or Moody's Industrial OTC Manual.

                  (e) For so long as the  Company is a reporting  company  under
either  Section  12(g) or  15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  the
Company,  at its expense,  will  furnish to its  stockholders  an annual  report
(including financial  statements audited by independent public accountants),  in
reasonable  detail  and at its  expense,  will  furnish to you during the period
ending five (5) years from the date hereof, (i) as soon as practicable after the
end of  each  fiscal  year,  a  balance  sheet  of the  Company  and  any of its
subsidiaries  as at the end of such fiscal year,  together  with  statements  of
income,  surplus  and cash flow of the  Company  and any  subsidiaries  for such
fiscal  year,  all  in  reasonable  detail  and  accompanied  by a  copy  of the
certificate  or  report  thereon  of  independent  accountants;  (ii) as soon as
practicable after the end of each of the first three fiscal


                                       11
<PAGE>

quarters of each fiscal year,  consolidated summary financial information of the
Company  for  such  quarter  in  reasonable  detail;  (iii)  as soon as they are
available,  a copy of all  reports  (financial  or  other)  mailed  to  security
holders;  (iv) as soon as they  are  available,  a copy of all  non-confidential
reports and financial  statements  furnished to or filed with the  Commission or
any  securities  exchange or  automated  quotation  system on which any class of
securities of the Company is listed;  and (v) such other  information as you may
from time to time reasonably request.

                  (f) In the  event the  Company  has an  active  subsidiary  or
subsidiaries, such financial statements referred to in subsection (e) above will
be on a  consolidated  basis to the extent the  accounts  of the Company and its
subsidiary  or  subsidiaries  are  consolidated  in  reports  furnished  to  its
stockholders generally.

                  (g) The  Company  will  deliver  to you at or before the First
Closing  Date two signed  copies of the  Registration  Statement  including  all
financial  statements  and  exhibits  filed  therewith,  and of  all  amendments
thereto, and will deliver to the Underwriters such number of conformed copies of
the  Registration  Statement,  including such  financial  statements but without
exhibits,  and of all amendments  thereto,  as the  Underwriters  may reasonably
request. The Company will deliver to or upon the order of the Underwriters, from
time to time until the effective  date of the  Registration  Statement,  as many
copies of any  Preliminary  Prospectus  filed with the  Commission  prior to the
effective date of the Registration  Statement as the Underwriters may reasonably
request.  The Company will deliver to the  Underwriters on the effective date of
the  Registration  Statement  and  thereafter  for so  long as a  Prospectus  is
required to be delivered under the Act, from time to time, as many copies of the
Prospectus,  in final form, or as  thereafter  amended or  supplemented,  as the
Underwriters may from time to time reasonably  request.  The Company,  not later
than (i) 5:00 p.m.,  New York City  time,  on the date of  determination  of the
public offering price, if such determination occurred at or prior to 12:00 noon,
New York City time,  on such date or (ii) 6:00 p.m.,  New York City time, on the
business day following the date of  determination  of the public offering price,
if such  determination  occurred  after 12:00 noon,  New York City time, on such
date, will deliver to the  Underwriters,  without charge,  as many copies of the
Prospectus  and any  amendment or  supplement  thereto as the  Underwriters  may
reasonably request for purposes of confirming orders that are expected to settle
on the First Closing Date.

                  (h) The Company will make generally  available to its security
holders and to the registered holders of its Warrants and deliver to you as soon
as it is  practicable  to do so but in no event later than 90 days after the end
of twelve months after its current fiscal quarter,  an earnings statement (which
need not be  audited)  covering  a period of at least  twelve  (12)  consecutive
months beginning after the effective date of the Registration  Statement,  which
shall satisfy the requirements of Section 11(a) of the Act.

                  (i) The Company will apply the net  proceeds  from the sale of
the Units for the purposes set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in the  Prospectus,
and will file such reports with the  Commission  with respect to the sale of the
Units and the application of the proceeds  therefrom as may be required pursuant
to Rule 463 under the Act.


                                       12
<PAGE>

                  (j) The Company will, promptly upon your request,  prepare and
file with the  Commission  any  amendments or  supplements  to the  Registration
Statement, Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus and take any other action, which
in the reasonable opinion of Paul,  Hastings,  Janofsky & Walker LLP, counsel to
the  Underwriters,  may be reasonably  necessary or advisable in connection with
the  distribution of the Units,  and will use its best efforts to cause the same
to become effective as promptly as possible.

                  (k) The Company will reserve and keep  available  that maximum
number  of its  authorized  but  unissued  securities  which are  issuable  upon
exercise of the Unit Purchase Option outstanding from time to time.

                  (l) For a period  of  thirteen  (13)  months  from  the  First
Closing Date, no officer,  director or  stockholder of the Company will directly
or indirectly,  offer, sell (including any short sale), grant any option for the
sale of, acquire any option to dispose of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of
Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Representative.

                  (m) Prior to  completion  of this  offering,  the Company will
make all filings required,  including registration under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, to obtain the listing of the Units,  Common Stock,  and Warrants on
the Nasdaq  Small Cap Market (or a listing on such other  market or  exchange as
the  Representative  consents  to),  and will effect and use its best efforts to
maintain such listing for at least five years from the date of this Agreement.

                  (n) The Company and each of the beneficial owners listed under
the  heading   "Principal   Stockholders"  in  the  Prospectus  (the  "Principal
Stockholders")  represents  that it or he has not taken and agree  that it or he
will not take,  directly  or  indirectly,  any action  designed  to or which has
constituted  or which  might  reasonably  be  expected to cause or result in the
stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Units,  Shares or the Warrants
or to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

                  (o) On the Closing Date and  simultaneously  with the delivery
of the Units,  the Company  shall  execute and deliver to you the Unit  Purchase
Option.  The Unit Purchase Option will be  substantially in the form of the Unit
Purchase Option filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement.

                  (p) Without the prior written  consent of the  Representative,
(i)  during  the  eighteen  (18)  month  period  commencing  on the date of this
Agreement, the Company will not grant options to purchase shares of Common Stock
at an exercise  price less than the greater of (x) the initial  public  offering
price of the Units  (without  allocating  any value to the  Warrants) or (y) the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant;  (ii) during the six
month period  commencing  on the date of this  Agreement,  grant  options to any
current officer of the Company; (iii) during the three year period commencing on
the date of this  Agreement,  offer or sell any of its  securities  pursuant  to
Regulation S under the Act; (iv) grant  registration  rights to any person which
are  exercisable  sooner than  thirteen (13) months from the First Closing Date;
(v) issue any additional securities which have


                                       13
<PAGE>

per share voting  rights  greater than the voting  rights of the Shares (or take
any  corporate  action which would have this effect) or (vi) during the eighteen
(18)  month  period  commencing  on the date of this  Agreement,  enter into any
agreement  or  arrangement  with any  investment  banking  firm  other  than the
Representative  relating to investment  banking,  corporate finance,  merger and
acquisition or other similar advisory or consulting services.

                  (q)  Neal J.  Polan  shall be  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company on the Closing Dates. The Company has obtained key person
life  insurance  on the life of Neal J.  Polan in an amount of not less than Two
Million  Dollars  ($2,000,000)  and will use its best  efforts to maintain  such
insurance  during the five year period  commencing  with the First  Closing Date
unless his employment with the Company is earlier terminated. In such event, the
Company will obtain a  comparable  policy on the life of his  successor  for the
balance of the five year period.  For a period of thirteen months from the First
Closing Date, the  compensation  of the executive  officers of the Company shall
not be increased from the compensation levels disclosed in the Prospectus.

                  (r) On the Closing Date and  simultaneously  with the delivery
of the Units the Company shall execute and deliver to you,  individually and not
as representative of the Underwriters,  an agreement with you regarding mergers,
acquisitions,  joint  ventures and certain other forms of  transactions,  in the
form previously delivered to the Company by you (the "M/A Agreement").

                  (s) So long as any Warrants are outstanding, the Company shall
use its best  efforts to cause  post-effective  amendments  to the  Registration
Statement to become  effective in compliance  with the Act and without any lapse
of time between the  effectiveness  of any such  post-effective  amendments  and
cause a copy of each Prospectus, as then amended, to be delivered to each holder
of record of a Warrant  and to  furnish to each  Underwriter  and dealer as many
copies of each such  Prospectus  as such  Underwriter  or dealer may  reasonably
request.  The Company shall not call for redemption any of the Warrants unless a
registration  statement covering the securities underlying the Warrants has been
declared effective by the Commission and remains current at least until the date
fixed for  redemption.  In addition,  for so long as any Warrant is outstanding,
the Company will promptly  notify the  Representative  of any material change in
the business, financial condition or prospects of the Company.

                  (t) Upon the  exercise of any Warrant or Warrants  after [__],
1998, the Company will pay D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp.  individually and
not as  representative  of the  Underwriters,  a fee of five percent (5%) of the
aggregate exercise price of the Warrants, of which a portion may be reallowed to
the  dealer  who  solicited  the  exercise  (which  may also be the  D.H.  Blair
Investment  Banking Corp.) if (i) the market price of the Company's Common Stock
is greater than the exercise price of the Warrants on the date of exercise; (ii)
the  exercise  of  the  Warrant  was  solicited  by a  member  of  the  National
Association of Securities Dealers,  Inc., (iii) the Warrant Holder designates in
writing that the  exercise of the Warrant was  solicited by a member of the NASD
and designates in writing the  broker-dealer  to receive  compensation  for such
exercise;  (iv) the  Warrant  is not held in a  discretionary  account;  (v) the
disclosure of compensation


                                       14
<PAGE>

arrangements has been made in documents  provided to customers,  both as part of
the original offering and at the time of exercise,  and (vi) the solicitation of
exercise of the Warrant was not in violation of Regulation M  promulgated  under
the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended.  The Company  agrees not to
solicit  the  exercise  of any  Warrants  other  than  through  the  D.H.  Blair
Investment  Banking  Corp.  and will not authorize any other dealer to engage in
such solicitation without the prior written consent of the D.H. Blair Investment
Banking Corp..

                  (u) For a period of five (5) years from the Effective Date the
Company  (i) at its  expense,  shall  cause its  regularly  engaged  independent
certified public  accountants to review (but not audit) the Company's  financial
statements  for  each of the  first  three  (3)  fiscal  quarters  prior  to the
announcement  of quarterly  financial  information,  the filing of the Company's
10-Q  quarterly  report and the mailing of quarterly  financial  information  to
stockholders  and (ii) shall not change its  accounting  firm  without the prior
written consent of the Chairman or the President of the Representative.

                  (v) As promptly as  practicable  after the Closing  Date,  the
Company will prepare, at its own expense, hard cover "bound volumes" relating to
the  offering,  and  will  distribute  at  least  four  of such  volumes  to the
individuals designated by the Representative or counsel to the Representative.

                  (w) For a period of five years from the First Closing Date (i)
the  Representative  shall have the right, but not the obligation,  to designate
one director of the Board of Directors of the Company and (ii) the Company shall
engage a public relations firm acceptable to the Representative.

                  (x) The Company shall, for a period of six years after date of
this  Agreement,  submit which  reports to the  Secretary of the Treasury and to
stockholders,  as the  Secretary  may  require,  pursuant to Section 1202 of the
Internal Revenue Code, as amended,  or regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  in
order for the Company to qualify as a "small business" so that  stockholders may
realize special tax treatment with respect to their investment in the Company.

                  4. Conditions of Underwriters  Obligation.  The obligations of
the  Underwriters  to  purchase  and pay for the  Units  which it has  agreed to
purchase  hereunder,  are subject to the accuracy (as of the date hereof, and as
of the Closing Dates) of and compliance with the  representations and warranties
of the Company  herein,  to the  performance  by the Company of its  obligations
hereunder, and to the following conditions:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and
you shall have received notice thereof not later than 10:00 A.M., New York time,
on the date on which the  amendment  to the  registration  statement  originally
filed with respect to the Units or to the  Registration  Statement,  as the case
may be,  containing  information  regarding the initial public offering price of
the Units has been  filed  with the  Commission,  or such later time and date as
shall have been agreed to by the Representative;  if required, the Prospectus or
any Term Sheet that  constitutes  a part thereof and any amendment or supplement
thereto shall have been filed with the


                                       15
<PAGE>

Commission  in the manner and within the time  period  required  by Rule 434 and
424(b) under the Act; on or prior to the Closing Dates no stop order  suspending
the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement shall have been issued and no
proceedings for that or a similar purpose shall have been instituted or shall be
pending or, to your  knowledge  or to the  knowledge  of the  Company,  shall be
contemplated  by the  Commission;  any request on the part of the Commission for
additional   information  shall  have  been  complied  with  to  the  reasonable
satisfaction  of  Paul,  Hastings,   Janofsky  &  Walker  LLP,  counsel  to  the
Underwriters ("PHJ&W");

                  (b) At the First  Closing  Date,  you shall have  received the
opinion, together with copies of such opinion for the Underwriters,  dated as of
the First Closing Date, of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel for the
Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters,  to
the effect that:

                           (i) the  Company  has been duly  incorporated  and is
validly  existing as a corporation  in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware,  with full corporate  power and authority to own its properties and
conduct its business as described in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus
and is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation and is
in good  standing  in  Missouri  and in each  other  jurisdiction  in which  the
ownership or leasing of its properties or conduct of its business  requires such
qualification,  except  where the failure to so qualify will not have a material
adverse affect on the business of the Company;

                           (ii) to the best  knowledge of such counsel,  (a) the
Company has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations
necessary to the conduct of its business as  described  in the  Prospectus,  (b)
such licenses,  permits and other  governmental  authorizations  obtained are in
full force and effect, and (c) the Company is in all material respects complying
therewith;

                           (iii) the authorized capitalization of the Company as
of June 30, 1997 is as set forth under  "Capitalization" in the Prospectus;  all
shares of the Company's  outstanding stock requiring  authorization for issuance
by the Company's board of directors have been duly  authorized,  validly issued,
are  fully  paid and  non-assessable  and  conform  to the  description  thereof
contained  in the  Prospectus  to the  best of  such  counsel's  knowledge,  the
outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  have not been  issued in
violation of the preemptive  rights of any shareholder  and the  shareholders of
the Company do not have any  preemptive  rights or other rights to subscribe for
or to purchase,  nor are there any  restrictions  upon the voting or transfer of
any of the Stock; the Common Stock,  the Warrants,  the Unit Purchase Option and
the Warrant  Agreement  conform as to legal matters in all material  respects to
the respective descriptions thereof contained in the Prospectus; the Shares have
been,  and the shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Warrants
and the Unit Purchase Option, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of such
Warrants,  the  Warrant  Agreement  and Unit  Purchase  Option  have  been  duly
authorized  and,  when issued and  delivered,  will be duly and validly  issued,
fully paid, non-assessable,  free of preemptive rights and no personal liability
will attach to the ownership  thereof;  a sufficient  number of shares of Common
Stock has been  reserved  for  issuance  upon  exercise of the Warrants and Unit
Purchase


                                       16
<PAGE>

Option and to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  neither the filing of the
Registration  Statement nor the offering or sale of the Units as contemplated by
this Agreement  gives rise to, any  registration  rights or other rights,  other
than  those  which  have  been  waived  or  satisfied  for  or  relating  to the
registration of any shares of Common Stock;

                           (iv) this Agreement,  the Unit Purchase  Option,  the
Warrant  Agreement and the M/A Agreement have been duly and validly  authorized,
executed and delivered by the Company and,  assuming due execution by each other
party hereto or thereto,  each constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation
of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its respective
terms (except as such  enforceability  may be limited by applicable  bankruptcy,
insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium  or other laws of  general  application
relating to or affecting enforcement of creditors' rights and the application of
equitable principles in any action, legal or equitable,  and except as rights to
indemnity or contribution may be limited by applicable law;

                           (v) the certificates  evidencing the shares of Common
Stock are in valid and proper legal form; the Warrants will be  exercisable  for
shares  of  Common  Stock of the  Company  in  accordance  with the terms of the
Warrants and at the prices therein provided for;

                           (vi)  delivery  of  certificates  for the  Securities
underlying the Units,  upon payment  therefor by the Underwriters as provided in
the Underwriting Agreement,  will transfer valid title to such Securities to the
Underwriters;  and,  upon payment for such  Securities,  the  Underwriters  will
acquire such Securities free and clear of any liens;

                           (vii) such counsel  knows of no pending or threatened
legal or  governmental  proceedings  to which the Company is a party which could
materially  adversely  affect the  business,  property,  financial  condition or
operations  of the Company;  or which  question the validity of the  Securities,
this  Agreement,  the Warrant  Agreement,  the Unit  Purchase  Option or the M/A
Agreement, or of any action taken or to be taken by the Company pursuant to this
Agreement, the Warrant Agreement, the Unit Purchase Option or the M/A Agreement;
and no such proceedings are known to such counsel to be contemplated against the
Company;  to such counsel's  knowledge there are no governmental  proceedings or
regulations  required  to  be  described  or  referred  to in  the  Registration
Statement which are not so described or referred to;

                           (viii) to such counsel's knowledge the Company is not
in violation of or default  under,  nor will the  execution and delivery of this
Agreement, the Unit Purchase Option, the Warrant Agreement or the M/A Agreement,
and the  incurrence  of the  obligations  herein and  therein  set forth and the
consummation of the  transactions  herein or therein  contemplated,  result in a
breach  or  violation  of, or  constitute  a default  under the  certificate  of
incorporation  or by-laws,  in the  performance  or  observance  of any material
obligations,  agreement, covenant or condition contained in any bond, debenture,
note or other evidence of indebtedness or in any material  contract,  indenture,
mortgage, loan agreement,  lease, joint venture or other agreement or instrument
to which the Company is a party or by which it or any of its  properties  may be
bound or in violation of any material order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction,
or decree of any government, governmental


                                       17
<PAGE>

instrumentality  or court,  domestic  or foreign,  the effect of which  default,
breach or violation would be material to the Company;

                           (ix) the Registration  Statement has become effective
under  the  Act,  and to the best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  no stop  order
suspending the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement is in effect, and no
proceedings  for that purpose have been  instituted  or are pending  before,  or
threatened by, the  Commission;  the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus
(except for the financial statements and other financial data contained therein,
or omitted  therefrom,  as to which such counsel need express no opinion) comply
as to form in all material respects with the applicable  requirements of the Act
and the Rules and Regulations;

                           (x) such counsel has  participated in the preparation
of the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and, although such counsel did
not  independently  verify,  and are not  passing  upon  and do not  assume  any
responsibility  for, the accuracy,  completeness  or fairness of the  statements
contained in the  Registration  Statement  and the  Prospectus,  based upon such
participation (relying as to materiality to a large extent upon the certificates
of officers and other  representatives of the Company),  nothing has come to the
attention  of such  counsel to cause such counsel to have reason to believe that
the  Registration  Statement  or any  amendment  thereto  at the time it  became
effective  contained  any untrue  statement  of a material  fact  required to be
stated  therein or  omitted to state any  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not misleading or that the
Prospectus or any supplement thereto contains any untrue statement of a material
fact or omits to state a material  fact  necessary  in order to make  statements
therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading  (except,  in the case of both  the  Registration  Statement  and any
amendment  thereto and the Prospectus and any  supplement  thereto,  for the (1)
financial  statements,   notes  thereto  and  other  financial  information  and
schedules  contained  therein,  (2) matters  relating to  proprietary  rights or
intellectual  property or (3) matters relating to government  regulatory matters
relating to the  development  and potential  marketing and sale of the Company's
products as to all of which such counsel need express no opinion);

                           (xi) all descriptions in the  Registration  Statement
and the Prospectus,  and any amendment or supplement  thereto,  of contracts and
other documents are accurate and fairly  summarize in all material  respects the
information  required  to be  shown,  and  such  counsel  is  familiar  with all
contracts and other documents referred to in the Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus  and any such  amendment  or  supplement  or filed as exhibits to the
Registration  Statement,  and such  counsel  does not know of any  contracts  or
documents of a character required to be summarized or described therein or to be
filed as exhibits thereto which are not so summarized, described or filed;

                           (xii) no authorization, approval, consent, or license
of any governmental or regulatory authority or agency is necessary in connection
with the authorization, issuance, transfer, sale or delivery of the Units by the
Company,  in connection  with the  execution,  delivery and  performance of this
Agreement  by the  Company  or in  connection  with  the  taking  of any  action
contemplated  herein,  or  the  issuance  of the  Unit  Purchase  Option  or the
Securities  underlying the Unit Purchase  Option,  other than  registrations  or
qualifications of the Units under applicable state


                                       18
<PAGE>

or foreign securities or Blue Sky laws and registration under the Act;

                           (xiii) the statements in the  Registration  Statement
under the captions  "Business,"  "Management," Shares Eligible for Future Sale,"
"Certain  Transactions,"  and  "Description of Securities" have been reviewed by
such counsel and insofar as they refer to descriptions of agreements, statements
of law,  descriptions  of  statutes,  licenses,  rules or  regulations  or legal
conclusions, are correct in all material respects;

                           (xiv) based solely upon advice of  representatives of
Nasdaq,  the Units,  the Common Stock and the Warrants have been duly authorized
for quotation on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market; and

                           (xv)  to  such  counsel's  knowledge,  there  are  no
business relationships or related-party  transactions of the nature described in
Item 404 of Regulation  S-B  involving  the Company and any person  described in
such Item that are required to be disclosed in the Prospectus and which have not
been so disclosed.

Such counsel need  express no opinion with respect to the  financial  statements
and other financial data included in or omitted from the Registration  Statement
or Prospectus, nor to matters pertaining to patent or intellectual property law,
nor to matters  pertaining  to  government  regulatory  matters  relating to the
development  and potential  marketing and sale of the Company's  products.  Such
opinion shall also cover such matters incident to the transactions  contemplated
hereby as the  Underwriters  or counsel for the  Underwriters  shall  reasonably
request.  In rendering such opinion,  such counsel may rely upon certificates of
any officer of the Company or public  officials  as to matters of fact;  and may
rely as to all matters of law other than the law of the United  States or of the
State of New York upon  opinions of counsel  satisfactory  to you, in which case
the opinion  shall  state that they have no reason to believe  that you and they
are not entitled to so rely.

                  (c) All corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating
to this Agreement,  the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related
matters  shall  be  satisfactory  to  or  approved  by  PHJ&W,  counsel  to  the
Underwriters,  and you shall have received  from such counsel a signed  opinion,
dated as of the First Closing Date, together with copies thereof for each of the
other  Underwriters,  with respect to the validity of the issuance of the Units,
the form of the Registration  Statement and Prospectus (other than the financial
statements and other  financial data contained  therein),  the execution of this
Agreement and other related matters as you may reasonably  require.  The Company
shall have furnished to counsel for the Underwriters  such documents as they may
reasonably request for the purpose of enabling them to render such opinion.

                  (d) You shall have  received a letter  prior to the  effective
date of the Registration Statement and again on and as of the First Closing Date
from Richard A. Eisner & Company,  LLP,  independent  public accountants for the
Company,  substantially in the form approved by you, and including  estimates of
the Company's  revenues and results of  operations  for the period ending at the
end of the month  immediately  preceding the  effective  date and results of the
comparable period


                                       19
<PAGE>

during the prior fiscal year.

                  (e)  At  the  Closing  Dates,  (i)  the   representations  and
warranties of the Company  contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct
with the same effect as if made on and as of the  Closing  Dates and the Company
shall have  performed  all of its  obligations  hereunder  and satisfied all the
conditions  on its part to be satisfied at or prior to such Closing  Date;  (ii)
the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements
thereto shall contain all statements  which are required to be stated therein in
accordance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations, and shall in all material
respects  conform to the  requirements  thereof,  and neither  the  Registration
Statement  nor the  Prospectus  nor any  amendment or  supplement  thereto shall
contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or omit to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not misleading;  (iii) there shall have been,  since the respective  dates as of
which  information is given,  no material  adverse  change,  or any  development
involving a prospective  material adverse change,  in the business,  properties,
condition  (financial  or  otherwise),  results of  operations,  capital  stock,
long-term  or  short-term  debt or general  affairs of the Company from that set
forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except changes which the
Registration  Statement and Prospectus  indicate might occur after the effective
date of the Registration Statement,  and the Company shall not have incurred any
material liabilities or entered into any agreement not in the ordinary course of
business other than as referred to in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;
and (iv) except as set forth in the Prospectus, no action, suit or proceeding at
law or in equity shall be pending or threatened  against the Company which would
be required to be set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  and no proceedings
shall be pending or threatened  against the Company before or by any commission,
board or  administrative  agency in the United States or  elsewhere,  wherein an
unfavorable  decision,  ruling or finding would  materially and adversely affect
the  business,  property,   condition  (financial  or  otherwise),   results  of
operations or general  affairs of the Company,  and (v) you shall have received,
at the First Closing  Date, a certificate  signed by each of the Chairman of the
Board or the President and the principal  financial or accounting officer of the
Company,  dated as of the First Closing  Date,  evidencing  compliance  with the
provisions of this subsection (e).

                  (f) Upon  exercise of the option  provided for in Section 2(b)
hereof,   the  obligations  of  the  Underwriters   (or,  at  its  option,   the
Representative  individually)  to purchase and pay for the Option Units referred
to therein  will be subject (as of the date hereof and as of the Option  Closing
Date) to the following additional conditions:

                           (i) The Registration Statement shall remain effective
at the Option  Closing  Date,  and no stop order  suspending  the  effectiveness
thereof  shall have been issued and no  proceedings  for that purpose shall have
been  instituted or shall be pending,  or, to your knowledge or the knowledge of
the Company, shall be contemplated by the Commission, and any reasonable request
on the  part of the  Commission  for  additional  information  shall  have  been
complied with to the satisfaction of PHJ&W, counsel to the Underwriters.

                           (ii) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been
delivered to you the


                                       20
<PAGE>

signed opinion of Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, counsel for the Company,
dated as of the Option  Closing  Date,  in form and  substance  satisfactory  to
PHJ&W, counsel to the Underwriters, together with copies of such opinion for the
Underwriters,  which  opinion  shall be  substantially  the  same in  scope  and
substance as the opinion  furnished to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to
Section 4(b) hereof,  except that such opinion,  where appropriate,  shall cover
the Option Units.

                           (iii) At the Option  Closing  Date  there  shall have
been  delivered  to you a  certificate  of the  Chairman  of  the  Board  or the
President  and the  principal  financial or  accounting  officer of the Company,
dated the Option  Closing  Date, in form and  substance  satisfactory  to PHJ&W,
counsel to the  Underwriters,  substantially  the same in scope and substance as
the  certificate  furnished to you at the First Closing Date pursuant to Section
4(e) hereof.

                           (iv) At the Option Closing Date there shall have been
delivered to you a letter in form and substance satisfactory to you from Richard
A. Eisner & Company,  LLP,  dated the Option  Closing Date and  addressed to the
Underwriters  confirming the  information in their letter referred to in Section
4(d) hereof and stating  that  nothing  has come to their  attention  during the
period from the ending date of their review referred to in said letter to a date
not more than three business days prior to the Option Closing Date,  which would
require  any change in said  letter if it were  required  to be dated the Option
Closing Date.

                           (v) All  proceedings  taken at or prior to the Option
Closing Date in connection  with the sale and issuance of the Option Units shall
be  satisfactory  in  form  and  substance  to you  and  PHJ&W,  counsel  to the
Underwriters,  shall have been furnished with all such documents,  certificates,
and opinions as you may request in connection with this  transaction in order to
evidence the accuracy and completeness of any of the representations, warranties
or  statements  of the Company or its  compliance  with any of the  covenants or
conditions contained herein.

                  (g) No action shall have been taken by the  Commission  or the
NASD the  effect  of which  would  make it  improper,  at any time  prior to the
Closing Date, for members of the NASD to execute  transactions  (as principal or
agent) in the Units,  Common Stock or the Warrants  and no  proceedings  for the
taking of such action shall have been instituted or shall be pending, or, to the
knowledge of the  Underwriters  or the  Company,  shall be  contemplated  by the
Commission or the NASD. The Company represents that at the date hereof it has no
knowledge that any such action is in fact  contemplated by the Commission or the
NASD. The Company shall have advised the Underwriters of any NASD affiliation of
any of its officers, directors, stockholders or their affiliates.

                  (h) If  any of the  conditions  herein  provided  for in  this
Section shall not have been fulfilled as of the date  indicated,  this Agreement
and all obligations of the Underwriters under this Agreement may be canceled at,
or at any time  prior to,  each  Closing  Date by the  Representative.  Any such
cancellation shall be without liability of the Underwriters to the Company.

                  5.  Conditions  of  the   Obligations  of  the  Company.   The
obligation  of the  Company  to sell and  deliver  the Units is  subject  to the
condition that at the Closing Dates, no stop


                                       21
<PAGE>

orders  suspending the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement shall have
been issued under the Act or any proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by
the Commission.  If the condition to the obligations of the Company provided for
in this  Section  have  been  fulfilled  on the First  Closing  Date but are not
fulfilled  after the First  Closing Date and prior to the Option  Closing  Date,
then  only the  obligation  of the  Company  to sell and  deliver  the  Units on
exercise of the option provided for in Section 2(b) hereof shall be affected.

                  6. Indemnification.

                  (a) The Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless  each
Underwriter  and each person,  if any, who controls any  Underwriter  within the
meaning of the Act against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities,  joint or
several (which shall,  for all purposes of this Agreement,  include,  but not be
limited to, all reasonable costs of defense and investigation and all attorneys'
fees), to which such Underwriter or such controlling  person may become subject,
under the Act or otherwise,  and will reimburse,  as incurred,  such Underwriter
and such controlling persons for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred
in  connection  with  investigating,  defending  against or appearing as a third
party witness in connection  with any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,
insofar as such losses,  claims,  damages or liabilities  (or actions in respect
thereof)  arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in (A) the Registration Statement,  any
Preliminary Prospectus,  the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto,
(B)  any  blue  sky  application  or  other  document  executed  by the  Company
specifically for that purpose or based upon written information furnished by the
Company filed in any state or other  jurisdiction in order to qualify any or all
of the Units under the securities laws thereof (any such  application,  document
or information being hereinafter called a "Blue Sky Application"),  or arise out
of or  are  based  upon  the  omission  or  alleged  omission  to  state  in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, Prospectus, or any amendment
or supplement thereto, or in any Blue Sky Application,  a material fact required
to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;
provided,  however,  that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the
extent, but only to the extent,  that any such loss, claim,  damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon an untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement
or omission or alleged  omission made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with
written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf of the Underwriters
specifically  for use in the  preparation of the  Registration  Statement or any
such  amendment or supplement  thereof or any such Blue Sky  Application  or any
such  preliminary  Prospectus  or  the  Prospectus  or  any  such  amendment  or
supplement  thereto.  This indemnity will be in addition to any liability  which
the Company may otherwise have.

                  (b)  Each  Underwriter,   severally,  but  not  jointly,  will
indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each nominee (if
any) for director named in the Prospectus,  each of its officers who have signed
the Registration  Statement,  and each person,  if any, who controls the Company
within  the  meaning  of  the  Act,  against  any  losses,  claims,  damages  or
liabilities (which shall, for all purposes of this Agreement,  include,  but not
be limited to, all costs of defense and  investigation  and all attorneys' fees)
to which the Company or any such director, nominee, officer


                                       22
<PAGE>

or controlling person may become subject under the Act or otherwise,  insofar as
such losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities  (or actions in respect  thereof)
arise out of or are based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement
of any material fact contained in the  Registration  Statement,  any Preliminary
Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out
of or are based upon the  omission  or the alleged  omission to state  therein a
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that
such  untrue  statement  or alleged  untrue  statement  or  omission  or alleged
omission was made in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Prospectus,  or any amendment or supplement  thereto (i) in reliance upon and in
conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the  Company by you or any
Underwriter  specifically for use in the preparation thereof and (ii) relates to
the  transactions  effected by the Underwriters in connection with the offer and
sale of the Units  contemplated  hereby.  This  indemnity  agreement  will be in
addition to any liability which the Underwriters may otherwise have.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
Section of notice of the  commencement  of any action,  such  indemnified  party
will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party
under this Section, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof;  but the omission so to notify the indemnifying  party will not relieve
it from any liability which it may have to any indemnified  party otherwise than
under this Section.  In case any such action is brought  against any indemnified
party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  in, and, to the extent that
it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying  party similarly  notified,  to
assume the  defense  thereof,  subject to the  provisions  herein  stated,  with
counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party, and after notice from
the indemnifying  party to such  indemnified  party of its election so to assume
the  defense  thereof,  the  indemnifying  party  will  not be  liable  to  such
indemnified   party  under  this  Section  for  any  legal  or  other   expenses
subsequently  incurred by such indemnified  party in connection with the defense
thereof other than reasonable  costs of  investigation.  The  indemnified  party
shall  have the right to  employ  separate  counsel  in any such  action  and to
participate  in the defense  thereof,  but the fees and expenses of such counsel
shall not be at the expense of the indemnifying  party if the indemnifying party
has assumed the defense of the action with counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to
the indemnified party;  provided that if the indemnified party is an Underwriter
or a person who controls an Underwriter  within the meaning of the Act, the fees
and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the  indemnifying  party
if (i) the  employment  of such  counsel  has been  specifically  authorized  in
writing by the  indemnifying  party or (ii) the named parties to any such action
(including  any  impleaded   parties)  include  both  the  Underwriter  or  such
controlling  person  and  the  indemnifying  party  and in the  judgment  of the
applicable  Underwriter,  it is  advisable  for the  applicable  Underwriter  or
controlling  persons to be  represented  by separate  counsel (in which case the
indemnifying party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such action
on behalf of the applicable  Underwriter or such  controlling  person,  it being
understood,  however,  that the indemnifying party shall not, in connection with
any one such action or separate but substantially  similar or related actions in
the  same  jurisdiction   arising  out  of  the  same  general   allegations  or
circumstances,  be liable for the reasonable  fees and expenses of more than one
separate  firm of  attorneys  for the  applicable  Underwriter  and  controlling
persons, which firm shall


                                       23
<PAGE>

be designated in writing by the  applicable  Underwriter).  No settlement of any
action  against an  indemnified  party shall be made  without the consent of the
indemnifying  party,  which shall not be  unreasonably  withheld in light of all
factors of importance to such indemnifying party.

                  7.  Contribution.  In order to provide for just and  equitable
contribution  under the Act in any case in which (i) an Underwriter  makes claim
for indemnification pursuant to Section 6 hereof but it is judicially determined
(by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction
and the  expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal)
that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case,  notwithstanding the
fact that the express  provisions  of Section 6 provide for  indemnification  in
such case, or (ii) contribution under the Act may be required on the part of any
Underwriter,  then the Company and each person who controls the Company,  in the
aggregate,  and any such Underwriter  shall contribute to the aggregate  losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities  to which they may be subject (which shall,  for
all purposes of this Agreement,  include,  but not be limited to, all reasonable
costs of defense and investigation and all reasonable attorneys' fees) in either
such case (after  contribution  from others) in such  proportions  that all such
Underwriters  are only  responsible  for that  portion of such  losses,  claims,
damages or  liabilities  represented  by the  percentage  that the  underwriting
discount  per Unit  appearing on the cover page of the  Prospectus  bears to the
public  offering price appearing  thereon,  and the Company shall be responsible
for the remaining portion, provided, however, that (a) if such allocation is not
permitted  by  applicable  law then the  relative  fault of the  Company and the
applicable Underwriter and controlling persons, in the aggregate,  in connection
with the  statements  or  omissions  which  resulted  in such  damages and other
relevant equitable  considerations shall also be considered.  The relative fault
shall be determined by reference to, among other things,  whether in the case of
an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact,
such statement or omission relates to information supplied by the Company or the
Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge,  access to information
and  opportunity  to correct or prevent such untrue  statement or omission.  The
Company and the  Underwriters  agree (a) that it would not be just and equitable
if the respective  obligations of the Company and the Underwriters to contribute
pursuant  to this  Section  7 were to be  determined  by pro rata or per  capita
allocation  of the aggregate  damages or by any other method of allocation  that
does not take account of the equitable  considerations  referred to in the first
sentence of this Section 7 and (b) that the  contribution  of each  contributing
Underwriter  shall  not be in excess of its  proportionate  share  (based on the
ratio of the  number of Units  purchased  by such  Underwriter  to the number of
Units purchased by all contributing Underwriters) of the portion of such losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities for which the Underwriters  are responsible.  No
person guilty of a fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section
11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to  contribution  from any person who is not
guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. As used in this paragraph, the word
"Company"  includes  any officer,  director,  or person who controls the Company
within  the  meaning  of  Section  15 of the  Act.  If the  full  amount  of the
contribution  specified  in this  paragraph is not  permitted  by law,  then the
applicable  Underwriter and each person who controls the applicable  Underwriter
shall be entitled to contribution from the Company, its officers,  directors and
controlling  persons  to  the  full  extent  permitted  by  law.  The  foregoing
contribution  agreement shall in no way affect the  contribution  liabilities of
any persons having  liability under Section 11 of the Act other than the Company
and the Underwriters. No contribution


                                       24
<PAGE>

shall be requested  with regard to the  settlement  of any matter from any party
who did not consent to the  settlement;  provided,  however,  that such  consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld in light of all factors of importance to such
party.

                  8. Costs and Expenses.

                  (a) Whether or not this  Agreement  becomes  effective  or the
sale of the Units to the  Underwriters is consummated,  the Company will pay all
costs and expenses  incident to the performance of this Agreement by the Company
including,  but not limited to, the fees and  expenses of counsel to the Company
and of the  Company's  accountants;  the  costs  and  expenses  incident  to the
preparation, printing, filing and distribution under the Act of the Registration
Statement  (including  the financial  statements  therein and all amendments and
exhibits  thereto),  Preliminary  Prospectus and the  Prospectus,  as amended or
supplemented,  or the Term  Sheet,  the fee of the NASD in  connection  with the
filing  required by the NASD relating to the offering of the Units  contemplated
hereby; all expenses,  including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to
the  Underwriters,  in connection with the  qualification of the Units under the
state securities or blue sky laws which the Representative shall designate;  the
cost of printing and furnishing to the  Underwriters  copies of the Registration
Statement,  each Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Prospectus,  this Agreement,  the
Agreement Among Underwriters,  Selling Agreement,  Underwriters'  Questionnaire,
and the Blue Sky  Memorandum,  any fees  relating  to the  listing of the Units,
Common Stock and Warrants on the Nasdaq Small Cap Market or any other securities
exchange,  the cost of printing the  certificates  representing  the  securities
comprising the Units,  the fees of the transfer agent and warrant agent the cost
of publication of at least three  "tombstones"  of the offering (at least one of
which shall be in  national  business  newspaper  and one of which shall be in a
major New York  newspaper)  and the cost of  preparing  at least four hard cover
"bound   volumes"   relating   to  the   offering,   in   accordance   with  the
Representative's request. The Company shall pay any and all taxes (including any
transfer,  franchise, capital stock or other tax imposed by any jurisdiction) on
sales to the  Underwriters  hereunder.  The Company  will also pay all costs and
expenses  incident  to  the  furnishing  of  any  amended  Prospectus  or of any
supplement  to be attached to the  Prospectus  as called for in Section  3(a) of
this Agreement except as otherwise set forth in said Section.

                  (b) In addition to the foregoing expenses the Company shall at
the  First  Closing  Date  pay to the  Representative,  individually  and not as
representative of the Underwriters, a non-accountable expense allowance equal to
three percent (3%) of the gross proceeds  derived from the sale of Units offered
hereby,  of which Forty Thousand  Dollars  ($40,000) has been paid. In the event
the  over-allotment   option  is  exercised,   the  Company  shall  pay  to  the
Representative  at the Option  Closing Date an additional  amount equal to three
percent (3%) of the gross proceeds received upon exercise of the  over-allotment
option. In the event the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated by
reason of any action by the  Underwriters  (except if such  prevention  is based
upon a  breach  by the  Company  of any  covenant,  representation  or  warranty
contained herein or because any other condition to the Underwriters' obligations
hereunder  required to be fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled) the Company
shall  be   liable   for  the   accountable   out-of-pocket   expenses   of  the
Representative,  including  "blue  sky"  legal  fees up to a  maximum  of  Forty
Thousand Dollars


                                       25
<PAGE>

($40,000). In the event the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated
by reason of any action of the  Company or because of a breach by the Company of
any covenant, representation or warranty herein, the Company shall be liable for
the accountable  out-of-pocket  expenses of the Representative,  including legal
fees, up to a maximum of One Hundred Eighty Thousand Dollars ($180,000).

                  (c) No person is entitled  either  directly or  indirectly  to
compensation  from the Company,  from the  Underwriters or from any other person
for  services as a finder in  connection  with the  proposed  offering,  and the
Company  agrees to indemnify  and hold harmless the  Underwriters  and the other
Underwriters,  against  any losses,  claims,  damages or  liabilities,  joint or
several (which shall,  for all purposes of this Agreement,  include,  but not be
limited to, all costs of defense and  investigation and all attorneys' fees), to
which the  Underwriters  or person may become  subject  insofar as such  losses,
claims,  damages or liabilities (or actions in respect  thereof) arise out of or
are based  upon the claim of any person  (other  than an  employee  of the party
claiming  indemnity)  or entity that he or it is  entitled to a finder's  fee in
connection  with the  proposed  offering by reason of such  person's or entity's
influence or prior contact with the indemnifying party.

                  9. Substitution of Underwriters. If any Underwriters shall for
any reason not  permitted  hereunder  cancel their  obligations  to purchase the
First Units hereunder,  or shall fail to take up and pay for the number of First
Units set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto upon tender
of such First Units in accordance with the terms hereof, then:

                  (a)  If  the  aggregate  number  of  First  Units  which  such
Underwriter  or  Underwriters  agreed but failed to purchase does not exceed ten
percent (10%) of the total number of First Units, the other  Underwriters  shall
be obligated severally, in proportion to their respective commitments hereunder,
to purchase the First Units which such  defaulting  Underwriter or  Underwriters
agreed but failed to purchase.

                  (b) If any  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  so default  and the
agreed  number of First  Units with  respect to which such  default or  defaults
occurs is more than ten percent  (10%) of the total number of First  Units,  the
remaining  Underwriters  shall  have  the  right to take up and pay for (in such
proportion  as may be  agreed  upon  among  them)  the  First  Units  which  the
defaulting  Underwriter or Underwriters  agreed but failed to purchase.  If such
remaining  Underwriters  do not, at the First Closing Date,  take up and pay for
the First Units which the  defaulting  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  agreed but
failed to  purchase,  the time for delivery of the First Units shall be extended
to the next  business  day to allow the several  Underwriters  the  privilege of
substituting  within  twenty-four  hours (including  nonbusiness  hours) another
underwriter or underwriters  satisfactory to the Company. If no such underwriter
or  underwriters   shall  have  been  substituted  as  aforesaid,   within  such
twenty-four  hour  period,  the time of  delivery of the First Units may, at the
option of the Company,  be again extended to the next following business day, if
necessary,  to allow the Company the  privilege  of finding  within  twenty-four
hours  (including  nonbusiness  hours) another  underwriter or  underwriters  to
purchase the First Units which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters agreed
but failed to purchase.  If it shall be arranged for the remaining  Underwriters
or substituted


                                       26
<PAGE>

Underwriters  to  take up the  First  Units  of the  defaulting  Underwriter  or
Underwriters as provided in this Section,  (i) the Company or the Representative
shall have the right to postpone the time of delivery for the period of not more
than seven  business  days, in order to effect  whatever  changes may thereby be
made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus,  or in any other
documents  or  arrangements,  and  the  Company  agrees  promptly  to  file  any
amendments to the Registration  Statement or supplements to the Prospectus which
may thereby be made necessary, and (ii) the respective numbers of First Units to
be purchased by the remaining Underwriters or substituted  Underwriters shall be
taken at the  basis of the  underwriting  obligation  for all  purposes  of this
Agreement.  If in the event of a  default  by one or more  Underwriters  and the
remaining  Underwriters shall not take up and pay for all the First Units agreed
to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriters or substitute another underwriter
or underwriters  as aforesaid,  the Company shall not find or shall not elect to
seek another underwriter or underwriters for such First Units as aforesaid, then
this Agreement shall terminate.

                  If, following  exercise of the option provided in Section 2(b)
hereof,  any  Underwriter  or  Underwriters  shall for any reason not  permitted
hereunder  cancel  their  obligations  to  purchase  Option  Units at the Option
Closing  Date,  or shall fail to take up and pay for the number of Option Units,
which they become  obligated to purchase at the Option  Closing Date upon tender
of such Option Units in  accordance  with the terms  hereof,  then the remaining
Underwriters  or  substituted  Underwriters  may take up and pay for the  Option
Units of the  defaulting  Underwriters  in the manner  provided in Section  9(b)
hereof. If the remaining Underwriters or substituted Underwriters shall not take
up and pay for all such  Option  Units,  the  Underwriters  shall be entitled to
purchase  the number of Option  Units for which there is no default or, at their
election,  the option  shall  terminate,  the  exercise  thereof  shall be of no
effect.

                  As used in this Agreement, the term "Underwriter" includes any
person  substituted  for an  Underwriter  under  this  Section.  In the event of
termination,  there  shall  be no  liability  on the  part of any  nondefaulting
Underwriter to the Company, provided that the provisions of this Section 9 shall
to in any event  affect  the  liability  of any  defaulting  Underwriter  to the
Company arising out of such default.

                  10.  Effective Date. The Agreement shall become effective upon
its execution except that you may, at your option, delay its effectiveness until
11:00 A.M., New York time on the first full business day following the effective
date of the Registration  Statement, or at such earlier time after the effective
date  of the  Registration  Statement  as you in  your  discretion  shall  first
commence the initial public  offering by the  Underwriters  of any of the Units.
The time of the initial public offering shall mean the time of release by you of
the first  newspaper  advertisement  with respect to the Units, or the time when
the Units are first  generally  offered by you to dealers by letter or telegram,
whichever shall first occur. This Agreement may be terminated by you at any time
before it becomes effective as provided above,  except that Sections 3(c), 6, 7,
8, 13, 14, 15 and 16 shall remain in effect notwithstanding such termination.

                  11. Termination.

                  (a) This Agreement, except for Sections 3(c), 6, 7, 8, 13, 14,
15 and 16 hereof, may be terminated at any time prior to the First Closing Date,
and the option referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, if exercised, may be canceled
at any time prior to the Option Closing Date, by


                                       27
<PAGE>

you if in your  judgment  it is  impracticable  to offer for sale or to  enforce
contracts  made by the  Underwriters  for the  resale of the Units  agreed to be
purchased  hereunder  by reason of (i) the Company  having  sustained a material
loss, whether or not insured, by reason of fire, earthquake,  flood, accident or
other calamity,  or from any labor dispute or court or government action,  order
or decree;  (ii)  trading in  securities  on the New York  Stock  Exchange,  the
American  Stock  Exchange,  the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market or the Nasdaq  National
Market  having  been   suspended  or  limited;   (iii)   material   governmental
restrictions  having been  imposed on trading in  securities  generally  (not in
force and effect on the date  hereof);  (iv) a banking  moratorium  having  been
declared  by  federal  or  New  York  state  authorities;  (v)  an  outbreak  of
international  hostilities or other national or international calamity or crisis
or change in economic or political conditions having occurred; (vi) a pending or
threatened legal or governmental  proceeding or action relating generally to the
Company's business, or a notification having been received by the Company of the
threat of any such proceeding or action, which could materially adversely affect
the Company;  (vii) except as  contemplated  by the  Prospectus,  the Company is
merged or  consolidated  into or acquired  by another  company or group or there
exists a binding legal commitment for the foregoing or any other material change
of ownership or control occurs; (viii) the passage by the Congress of the United
States or by any state  legislative  body or  federal  or state  agency or other
authority  of any act,  rule or  regulation,  measure,  or the  adoption  of any
orders,  rules or  regulations  by any  governmental  body or any  authoritative
accounting  institute  or  board,  or  any  governmental  executive,   which  is
reasonably  believed likely by the  Representative  to have a material impact on
the business,  financial condition or financial statements of the Company or the
market for the securities  offered pursuant to the Prospectus;  (ix) any adverse
change in the financial or securities markets beyond normal market  fluctuations
having  occurred since the date of this Agreement,  or (x) any material  adverse
change having occurred, since the respective dates of which information is given
in  the  Registration  Statement  and  Prospectus,  in  the  earnings,  business
prospects or general condition of the Company,  financial or otherwise,  whether
or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

                  (b) If you  elect to  prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
effective  or to terminate  this  Agreement as provided in this Section 11 or in
Section 10 hereof,  the Company shall be promptly  notified by you, by telephone
or telegram, confirmed by letter, in accordance with Section 14 hereof.

                  12. Unit Purchase Option. At or before the First Closing Date,
the  Company  will sell to the  Representative  (for its own  account and not as
representative of the Underwriters), or its designees for a consideration of One
Hundred Seventy Six Dollars ($176),  and upon the terms and conditions set forth
in the form of Unit Purchase  Option  annexed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement,  a Unit  Purchase  Option to  purchase  an  aggregate  of One Hundred
Seventy Six Thousand (176,000) Units. In the event of conflict between the terms
of this  Agreement  and the  Unit  Purchase  Option,  the  language  of the Unit
Purchase Option shall control.


                                       28
<PAGE>

                  13.  Representations,  Warranties  and  Agreements  to Survive
Delivery. The respective indemnities,  agreements,  representations,  warranties
and other statements of the Company or its officers, directors,  stockholders or
Principal Stockholders,  where appropriate, and the undertakings set forth in or
made pursuant to this Agreement will remain in full force and effect, regardless
of any investigation  made by or on behalf of the  Underwriters,  the Company or
any of its  officers or  directors  or any  controlling  person and will survive
delivery of and payment of the Units and the termination of this Agreement.

                  14. Notice. Any communications specifically required hereunder
to be in writing,  if sent to the  Underwriters,  will be mailed,  delivered and
confirmed to the  Representative at D.H. Blair Investment Banking Corp., 44 Wall
Street, 2nd Floor, New York, New York 10005, with a copy sent to Paul, Hastings,
Janofsky & Walker LLP, 399 Park Avenue,  New York, New York 10022, or if sent to
the Company, will be mailed, delivered and confirmed to it at HealthCore Medical
Solutions, Inc., 11904 Blue Ridge Boulevard,  Grandview,  Missouri 64030, with a
copy sent to Bachner, Tally, Polevoy & Misher LLP, 380 Madison Avenue, New York,
New York 10017.

                                                                               
                  15. Parties in Interest. This Agreement is made solely for the
benefit of the  Underwriters,  the  Representative,  on an individual basis, the
Company and, to the extent  expressed,  the Principal  Stockholders,  any person
controlling the Company or the Underwriters,  directors of the Company, nominees
for directors of the Company (if any) named in the  Prospectus,  officers of the
Company who have signed the Registration  Statement and each of their respective
executors,  administrators,  successors  and assigns and no other  person  shall
acquire  or have  any  right  under or by  virtue  of this  Agreement.  The term
"successors  and assigns"  shall not include any purchaser,  as such  purchaser,
from the  Underwriters of the Units.  All of the obligations of the Underwriters
hereunder are several and not joint.

                  16.  Applicable  Law. This  Agreement will be governed by, and
construed in accordance  with,  the laws of the State of New York  applicable to
agreements made and to be entirely performed within New York.


                                       29
<PAGE>

                  If the foregoing is in accordance with your  understanding  of
our agreement, kindly sign and return this agreement, whereupon it will become a
binding  agreement  between the Company and the  Underwriters in accordance with
its terms.

                                          Very truly yours,

                                          HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

                                          By: ________________________________
                                          Name:   Neal J. Polan
                                          Title:  Chairman and 
                                                  Chief Executive Officer

                  The foregoing  Underwriting  Agreement is hereby confirmed and
accepted as of the date first above written.

                                          D.H. BLAIR INVESTMENT BANKING CORP.

                                          By: ______________________________
                                          Name:    Martin A. Bell
                                          Title:   Vice Chairman and 
                                                   General Counsel


                                       30
<PAGE>

                  We hereby agree to be bound by the  provisions of Section 3(l)
and (n) and 13 hereof.

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________

                                              __________________________________


                                       31
<PAGE>
                                          
                                   Schedule A

                               Number of First Units      Number of Option Units
 Underwriters                     to be Purchased             to be Purchased
 ------------                     ---------------             ---------------
D.H. Blair Investment                  [__]                        [__]
Banking Corp.



                                       32

                                                              Option to Purchase
                                                              176,000 Units

                       HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

                              Unit Purchase Option

                                Dated: [__], 1997

                  THIS CERTIFIES THAT D.H. BLAIR  INVESTMENT  BANKING CORP. (the
"HOLDER") is entitled to purchase from  HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC., a
Delaware  corporation (the  "COMPANY"),  at the prices and during the periods as
hereinafter  specified,  up to One Hundred Seventy Six Thousand  (176,000) Units
("UNITS"),  each Unit  consisting of one share of the  Company's  Class A Common
Stock,  $.01 par value,  as now constituted  ("CLASS A COMMON  STOCK"),  and one
Class A Warrant  ("CLASS A  WARRANTS"  or  "WARRANTS").  Each Class A Warrant is
exercisable  to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise  price
of $6.50 from ____, 1997 until [__] , 2002.

                  The Units have been registered under a Registration  Statement
on Form SB-2,  (File No.  333-28233)  declared  effective by the  Securities and
Exchange   Commission  (the  "COMMISSION")  on  [__],  1997  (the  "REGISTRATION
STATEMENT").  This Unit Purchase  Option (the  "OPTION") to purchase One Hundred
Seventy Six Thousand  (176,000) Units,  subject to adjustment in accordance with
SECTION 8 of this Option (the "OPTION UNITS"), was originally issued pursuant to
an underwriting  agreement between the Company and the Holder, as representative
of  the  several   underwriters  set  forth  in  such   underwriting   agreement
(collectively,  the  "UNDERWRITERS")  in connection  with a public offering (the
"OFFERING") of One Million Seven Hundred Sixty Thousand  (1,760,000)  Units (the
"PUBLIC UNITS") through the Underwriters,  in consideration of $176 received for
the Options.

                  Except as specifically  otherwise provided herein, the Class A
Common Stock and the Warrants  issued pursuant to the Option shall bear the same
terms and conditions as described under the caption  "Description of Securities"
in the Registration  Statement,  and the Warrants shall be governed by the terms
of the Warrant Agreement dated as of [__], 1997 executed in connection with such
Offering  (the  "WARRANT  AGREEMENT"),  except  that (i) the  Holder  shall have
registration  rights under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the "ACT"),
for the Option, the Class A Common Stock and the Warrants included in the Option
Units, and the shares of Class A Common Stock  underlying the Warrants,  as more
fully described in SECTION 6 of this Option and (ii) the Warrants  issuable upon
exercise of the Option will be subject to redemption by the Company  pursuant to
the Warrant  Agreement at any time after the Option has been  exercised  and the
Warrants underlying the Option Units are outstanding.  Any such redemption shall
be on the same terms and conditions as the Warrants included in the Public Units
(the  "PUBLIC  WARRANTS").  The  Company  will  list the  Class A  Common  Stock
underlying this Option and, at the Holder's request the Warrants,

<PAGE>

on the Nasdaq  Small Cap Market or such other  exchange or market as the Class A
Common Stock or Public  Warrants  may then be listed or quoted.  In the event of
any extension of the  expiration  date or reduction of the exercise price of the
Public Warrants,  the same changes to the Warrants  included in the Option Units
shall be simultaneously effected.

                  1.  Exercise.  The rights  represented by this Option shall be
exercised at the prices,  subject to adjustment in accordance  with SECTION 8 of
this Option (the "EXERCISE PRICE"), and during the periods as follows:

                  (a) During the period from [__], 1997 to [__], 2000 inclusive,
the Holder shall have no right to purchase any Option  Units  hereunder,  except
that in the event of any merger,  consolidation  or sale of all or substantially
all the capital  stock or assets of the Company or in the case of any  statutory
exchange of securities with another corporation (including any exchange effected
in connection with a merger of another  corporation into the Company) subsequent
to [__],  1997,  the Holder shall have the right to exercise this Option and the
Warrants  included herein at such time and receive the kind and amount of shares
of stock and other  securities and property  (including  cash) which a holder of
the  number of shares of Class A Common  Stock  underlying  this  Option and the
Warrants  included in this Option  would have owned or been  entitled to receive
had this Option been exercised immediately prior thereto.

                  (b) Between [__], 2000 and [__],  2002  inclusive,  the Holder
shall have the option to purchase Option Units hereunder at a price of $6.00 per
Unit.

                  (c)  After  [__],  2002  the  Holder  shall  have no  right to
purchase any Units hereunder.

                  2. Mechanics.

                  (a) The rights  represented by this Option may be exercised at
any time  within the period  above  specified,  in whole or in part,  by (i) the
surrender  of this Option  (with the  purchase  form at the end hereof  properly
executed) at the principal executive office of the Company (or such other office
or agency of the Company as it may  designate by notice in writing to the Holder
at the address of the Holder  appearing on the books of the  Company);  and (ii)
payment to the  Company of the  exercise  price then in effect for the number of
Option Units  specified  in the  above-mentioned  purchase  form  together  with
applicable  stock  transfer  taxes,  if any. This Option shall be deemed to have
been exercised,  in whole or in part to the extent specified,  immediately prior
to the close of business on the date this Option is  surrendered  and payment is
made in  accordance  with the  foregoing  provisions  of this SECTION 2, and the
person or persons in whose name or names the  certificates for shares of Class A
Common Stock and Warrants  shall be issuable upon such exercise shall become the
holder or holders of record of such Class A Common  Stock and  Warrants  at that
time and date.  The  certificates  for the Class A Common  Stock and Warrants so
purchased  shall be delivered to the Holder as soon as practicable but not later
than ten (10) days after the rights  represented  by this Option shall have been
so exercised.

                  (b) At any time  during the  period  above  specified,  during
which this Option may be exercised, the Holder may, at its option, exchange this
Option,  in whole or in part (an "OPTION  EXCHANGE"),  into the number of Option
Units  determined in accordance  with this SECTION  2(b), by  surrendering  this
Option at the principal office of the Company or at the office of


                                       2
<PAGE>

its stock transfer agent,  accompanied by a notice (in the form attached hereto)
stating such Holder's intent to effect such exchange, the number of Option Units
into  which  this  Option is to be  exchanged  and the date on which the  Holder
requests that such Option Exchange occur (the "NOTICE OF EXCHANGE").  The Option
Exchange shall take place on the date specified in the Notice of Exchange or, if
later, the date the Notice of Exchange is received by the Company (the "EXCHANGE
DATE").  Certificates  for the  shares  of Class A  Common  Stock  and  Warrants
issuable  upon such Option  Exchange  and, if  applicable,  a new Option of like
tenor  evidencing  the  balance of the Option  Units  remaining  subject to this
Option,  shall be issued as of the  Exchange  Date and  delivered  to the Holder
within seven (7) days following the Exchange Date. In connection with any Option
Exchange, this Option shall represent the right to subscribe for and acquire the
number of Option Units  (rounded to the next highest  integer)  equal to (x) the
number of Option  Units  specified by the Holder in its Notice of Exchange up to
the maximum  number of Option Units subject to this Option (the "TOTAL  NUMBER")
less (y) the number of Option Units equal to the  quotient  obtained by dividing
(a) the product of the TOTAL NUMBER and the existing  EXERCISE  PRICE by (B) the
Fair MARKET VALUE.  "FAIR MARKET VALUE" shall mean first,  if there is a trading
market as  indicated  in  SUBSECTION  (i) below for the Units,  such Fair Market
Value of the Units and if there is no such  trading  market in the  Units,  then
Fair Market Value shall have the meaning  indicated in SUBSECTIONS  (ii) THROUGH
(v)  below for the  aggregate  value of all  shares of Class A Common  Stock and
Warrants which comprise a Unit:

                  (i) If the Units are listed on a national  securities exchange
or listed or admitted to unlisted trading  privileges on such exchange or listed
for trading on the Nasdaq  National  Market or the Nasdaq Small Cap Market,  the
Fair Market Value shall be the average of the last  reported  sale prices or the
average of the means of the last reported bid and asked prices, respectively, of
the Units on such exchange or market for the twenty (20) business days ending on
the last business day prior to the Exchange Date; or

                  (ii) If the Class A Common  Stock or Warrants  are listed on a
national  securities exchange or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on such
exchange or listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market or the Nasdaq Small
Cap Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the average of the last reported sale
prices or the average of the means of the last  reported  bid and asked  prices,
respectively,  of  Class A  Common  Stock  or  Warrants,  respectively,  on such
exchange or market for the twenty (20) business days ending on the last business
day prior to the Exchange Date; or

                  (iii) If the  Class A  Common  Stock  or  Warrants  are not so
listed or admitted to unlisted trading  privileges,  the Fair Market Value shall
be the  average of the means of the last  reported  bid and asked  prices of the
Class A Common Stock or  Warrants,  respectively,  for the twenty (20)  business
days ending on the last business day prior to the Exchange Date; or

                  (iv) If the Class A Common  Stock is not so listed or admitted
to unlisted trading privileges and bid and asked prices are not so reported, the
Fair Market Value shall be an amount, not less than book value thereof as at the
end of the most recent  fiscal year of the Company  ending prior to the Exchange
Date,  determined in such reasonable manner as may be prescribed by the Board of
Directors of the Company; or

                  (v) If the  Warrants are not so listed or admitted to unlisted
trading  privileges,  and bid and asked prices are not so reported for Warrants,
then  Fair  Market  Value  for the  Warrants  shall  be an  amount  equal to the
difference between (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares


                                       3
<PAGE>

of Class A Common Stock and Warrants  which may be received upon the exercise of
the Warrants, as determined herein, and (ii) the Warrant Exercise Price.

                  3.  Restrictions  on  Transfer.  Neither  this  Option nor the
underlying securities shall be transferred,  sold, assigned, or hypothecated for
a period of three (3) years commencing from the date hereof except that they may
be transferred  to successors of the Holder,  and may be assigned in whole or in
part to any person who is an officer of the Holder, any member  participating in
the selling group  relating to the Offering or any officer of such selling group
member.  Any such  assignment  shall be effected by the Holder (i) executing the
form of  assignment  at the end hereof  and (ii)  surrendering  this  Option for
cancellation at the office or agency of the Company  referred to in SECTION 2(a)
hereof,  accompanied by a certificate (signed by an officer of the Holder if the
Holder is a corporation), stating that each transferee is a permitted transferee
under this SECTION 3;  whereupon the Company  shall issue,  in the name or names
specified by the Holder  (including  the Holder) a new Option or Options of like
tenor and  representing  in the aggregate  rights to purchase the same number of
Option Units as are purchasable hereunder.

                  4. Class A Common Stock. The Company covenants and agrees that
all  shares of Class A Common  Stock  which may be issued as part of the  Option
Units purchased  hereunder and the Class A Common Stock which may be issued upon
exercise of the Warrants will, upon issuance,  be duly and validly issued, fully
paid and  nonassessable  and no  personal  liability  will  attach to the holder
thereof. The Company further covenants and agrees that during the periods within
which  this  Option  may be  exercised,  the  Company  will  at all  times  have
authorized  and  reserved  a  sufficient  number of shares of its Class A Common
Stock  to  provide  for  the  exercise  of this  Option  and  that it will  have
authorized  and reserved a  sufficient  number of shares of Class A Common Stock
for issuance upon exercise of the Warrants included in the Option Units.

                  5.  Limitations.  This Option  shall not entitle the Holder to
any  voting  rights  or any  other  rights,  or  subject  to the  Holder  to any
liabilities, as a stockholder of the Company.

                  6. Registration Rights.

                  (a) The  Company  shall  advise the Holder or its  transferee,
whether the Holder holds the Option or has exercised the Option and holds Option
Units or any of the securities underlying the Option Units, by written notice at
least four  weeks  prior to the filing of any  post-effective  amendment  to the
Registration  Statement or of any new registration  statement or  post-effective
amendment thereto under the Act covering any securities of the Company,  for its
own account or for the  account of others,  and will for a period of seven years
from the effective date of the Registration  Statement,  upon the request of the
Holder, include in any such post-effective  amendment or registration statement,
such  information as may be required to permit a public  offering of the Option,
all or any of the Option Units, the Class A Common Stock or Warrants included in
the Option Units or the Class A Common Stock  issuable  upon the exercise of the
Warrants (the "REGISTRABLE  SECURITIES");  provided,  however,  the right of any
Holder  to  include  its  Registrable  Securities  in  any  such  post-effective
amendment or registration  statement may be waived by the written consent of the
Holder, D.H. Blair & Co., Inc. or J. Morton Davis (collectively,  as applicable,
the "RIGHTHOLDERS").

                  (b) If any 50% holder (as  defined  below in Section  6(c)) or
any of the  Rightholders,  shall give  notice to the  Company at any time to the
effect that such holder desires to register under


                                       4
<PAGE>

the Act  this  Option,  the  Option  Units or any of the  underlying  securities
contained  in  the  Option  Units  under  such   circumstances   that  a  public
distribution  (within  the  meaning of the Act) of any such  securities  will be
involved  then the  Company  will  promptly,  but no later than two weeks  after
receipt  of  such  notice,  file  a  post-effective  amendment  to  the  current
Registration Statement or a new registration statement on Form S-1 or such other
form as the holder requests pursuant to the Act, to the end that the Option, the
Option Units  and/or any of the  securities  underlying  the Option Units may be
publicly  sold  under the Act as  promptly  as  practicable  thereafter  and the
Company  will use its best  efforts  to cause  such  registration  to become and
remain effective  (including the taking of such steps as are necessary to obtain
the removal of any stop order);  provided,  that such holder  shall  furnish the
Company with appropriate  information in connection therewith as the Company may
reasonably request in writing.  The 50% holder or any of the Rightholders,  may,
at its option,  request the filing of a post-effective  amendment to the current
Registration  Statement  or a new  registration  statement  under the Act on two
occasions  during the thirty  month  period  beginning  thirty  months  from the
effective  date of the  Registration  Statement.  The Holder  may, at its option
request the  registration of the Option and/or any of the securities  underlying
the Option in a registration  statement made by the Company as  contemplated  by
SECTION 6(a) or in connection  with a request made pursuant to this SECTION 6(b)
prior to  acquisition  of the Option Units  issuable upon exercise of the Option
and even though the Holder has not given  notice of exercise of the Option.  The
50%  holder  or any of the  Rightholders,  may,  at  its  option,  request  such
post-effective  amendment or new  registration  statement  during the  described
period with respect to the Option,  the Option Units as a unit, or separately as
to the Class A Common Stock and/or Warrants  included in the Option Units and/or
the Class A Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of the  Warrants,  and such
registration  rights  may  be  exercised  by  the  50%  holder  or  any  of  the
Rightholders,  prior to or subsequent to the exercise of the Option.  Within ten
days after  receiving any such notice pursuant to this SECTION 6(b), the Company
shall give notice to the other holders of the Options, advising that the Company
is proceeding with such post-effective  amendment or registration  statement and
offering to include  therein the securities  underlying the Options of the other
holders,  provided  that they shall  furnish the Company  with such  appropriate
information (relating to the intentions of such holders) in connection therewith
as  the  Company  shall  reasonably  request  in  writing.   In  the  event  the
registration  statement is not filed within the period  specified  herein and in
the event the  registration  statement is not declared  effective  under the Act
prior to [__], 2002, then, at the holders'  request,  the Company shall purchase
the  Options  from the  holder for a per option  price  equal to the  difference
between  (i) the Fair  Market  Value of the Class A Common  Stock on the date of
notice  multiplied by the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon
exercise  of the Option and the  underlying  Warrants  and (ii) the  average per
share  purchase  price  of the  Option  and each  share of Class A Common  Stock
underlying the Option. All costs and expenses of the post-effective amendment or
one new  registration  statement  under this  SECTION 6(b) shall be borne by the
Company,  except that the  holders  shall bear the fees of their own counsel and
any  underwriting  discounts or commissions  applicable to any of the securities
sold  by  them.  The  Company  will  maintain  such  registration  statement  or
post-effective  amendment  current  under  the Act for a period  of at least six
months (and for up to an  additional  three  months if  requested by the Holder)
from the effective date thereof.

                  (c) The term "50% holder" as used in this SECTION 6 shall mean
the  holder  of at  least  50% of the  Class A  Common  Stock  and the  Warrants
underlying the Options (considered in the aggregate) and shall include any owner
or combination of owners of such securities, which ownership shall be calculated
by determining the number of shares of Class A Common Stock held


                                       5
<PAGE>

by such  owner or owners as well as the  number of  shares  then  issuable  upon
exercise of the Warrants.

                  (d)  Whenever  pursuant  to  this  SECTION  6  a  registration
statement relating to any Registrable Securities is filed under the Act, amended
or  supplemented,  the  Company  shall (i)  supply  prospectuses  and such other
documents  as the Holder may request in order to  facilitate  the public sale or
other  disposition of the Registrable  Securities,  (ii) use its best efforts to
register and qualify any of the  Registrable  Securities for sale in such states
as such Holder designates,  (iii) furnish indemnification in the manner provided
in SECTION 7 hereof,  (iv) notify each Holder of  Registrable  Securities at any
time when a prospectus  relating  thereto is required to be delivered  under the
Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus  included
in such registration  statement, as then in effect, contains an untrue statement
of a  material  fact or omits to state a  material  fact  required  to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements  therein not misleading  and, at the
request of any such  Holder,  prepare and  furnish to such  Holder a  reasonable
number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be
necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable
Securities, such prospectus shall not included an untrue statement of a material
fact or omit to state  material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary
to make the statements  therein not misleading and (v) do any and all other acts
and  things  which may be  necessary  or  desirable  to enable  such  Holders to
consummate the public sale or other  disposition of the Registrable  Securities,
The Holder shall furnish  appropriate  information  in connection  therewith and
indemnification as set forth in SECTION 7.

                  (e)  The  Company  shall  not  permit  the  inclusion  of  any
securities  other  than  the  Registrable  Securities  to  be  included  in  any
registration  statement  filed pursuant to SECTION 6(b) hereof without the prior
written consent of the 50% holder or the Rightholders.

                  (f) The Company shall furnish to each Holder  participating in
the offering and to each underwriter, if any, a signed counterpart, addressed to
such Holder or underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company,  dated
the effective  date of such  registration  statement  (or, if such  registration
includes  an  underwritten  public  offering,  an opinion  dated the date of the
closing  under  the  underwriting  agreement),  and  (ii) if  such  registration
includes an  underwritten  public  offering,  a "cold comfort"  letter dated the
effective date of such registration  statement and dated the date of the closing
under the underwriting  agreement signed by the independent  public  accountants
who have issued a report on the Company's financial  statements included in such
registration  statement,  in each case covering  substantially  the same matters
with  respect  to such  registration  statement  (and  the  prospectus  included
therein) and, in the case of such  accountants'  letter,  with respect to events
subsequent to the date of such financial statements,  as are customarily covered
in  opinions  of  issuer's  counsel and in  accountants'  letters  delivered  to
underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities.

                  (g)  The  Company  shall  deliver   promptly  to  each  Holder
participating  in the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and  memoranda
described  below and to the managing  underwriter  copies of all  correspondence
between  the  COMMISSION  and the  Company,  its  counsel  or  auditors  and all
memoranda  relating to discussions with the Commission or its staff with respect
to the registration  statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such
investigation,  upon  reasonable  advance  notice,  with respect to  information
contained in or omitted from the  registration  statement as it deems reasonable
necessary  to comply with  applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National
Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall
include access


                                       6
<PAGE>

to non-confidential  books,  records and properties and opportunities to discuss
the business of the Company with its officers and independent  auditors,  all to
such  reasonable  extent and at such  reasonable  times as any such Holder shall
reasonably request.

                  7. Indemnification.

                  (a) Whenever  pursuant to SECTION 6 a  registration  statement
(as amended or  supplemented)  relating to the  Registrable  Securities is filed
under the Act, the Company will  indemnify  and hold harmless each holder of the
Registrable  Securities  covered by such  registration  statement,  amendment or
supplement (such holder being hereinafter called the "DISTRIBUTING HOLDER"), and
each  person,  if  any,  who  controls  (within  the  meaning  of the  Act)  the
Distributing  Holder,  and each  underwriter  (within the meaning of the Act) of
such securities and each person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of the
Act) any such underwriter,  against any losses,  claims, damages or liabilities,
joint or several (collectively  "LOSSES"), to which the Distributing Holder, any
such controlling  person or any such  underwriter may become subject,  under the
Act or otherwise,  insofar as such Losses (or actions in respect  thereof) arise
out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any
material fact contained in any such  registration  statement or any  preliminary
prospectus or final  prospectus  constituting a part thereof or any amendment or
supplement  thereto,  or arise out of or are based  upon the  omission  to state
therein a material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the
statements  therein not misleading;  and will reimburse the Distributing  Holder
and each such controlling person and underwriter for any legal or other expenses
reasonably  incurred by the Distributing  Holder or such  controlling  person or
underwriter  in  connection  with  investigating  or  defending  any such  Loss,
provided,  however,  that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the
extent that any such Loss, arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or
alleged  untrue   statement  or  omission  or  alleged  omission  made  in  said
registration statement,  said preliminary  prospectus,  said final prospectus or
said  amendment or supplement  in reliance  upon and in conformity  with written
information  furnished by such Distributing  Holder  specifically for use in the
preparation thereof.

                  (b) If  requested  by the  Company  prior to the filing of any
registration  statement covering the Registrable  Securities,  each Distributing
Holder will agree, severally but not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the
Company against any Losses,  to which the Company may become subject,  under the
Act or  otherwise,  insofar as such  Losses,  arise out of or are based upon any
untrue or alleged  untrue  statement  of any  material  fact  contained  in said
registration statement,  said preliminary prospectus,  said final prospectus, or
said amendment or supplement,  or arise out of or are based upon the omission or
the alleged  omission  to state  therein a material  fact  required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case
to the  extent,  but only to the extent that such  untrue  statement  or alleged
untrue statement or omission or alleged  omission was made in said  registration
statement, said preliminary prospectus,  said final prospectus or said amendment
or  supplement  in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information
furnished by such  Distributing  Holder  specifically for use in the preparation
thereof;  except  that  the  maximum  amount  which  may be  recovered  from the
Distributing  Holder pursuant to this SECTION 7 or otherwise shall be limited to
the amount of net proceeds received by the Distributing  Holder from the sale of
the Registrable Securities.

                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
SECTION 7 of notice of the commencement of any action,  such  indemnified  party
will,  if a claim in respect  thereof  is to be made  against  any  indemnifying
party, give the indemnifying party notice of the


                                       7
<PAGE>

commencement  thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will
not relieve it from any  liability  which it may have to any  indemnified  party
otherwise than under this SECTION 7.

                  (d) In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party, and it notifies an indemnifying  party of the commencement  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party will be entitled to participate  in, and, to the extent that
it may wish,  jointly with any other  indemnifying  party similarly  notified to
assume  the  defense  thereof,  with  counsel  reasonably  satisfactory  to such
indemnified  party,  and  after  notice  from  the  indemnifying  party  to such
indemnified  party  of its  election  so to  assume  the  defense  thereof,  the
indemnifying  party  will not be liable to such  indemnified  party  under  this
SECTION  7 for  any  legal  or  other  expenses  subsequently  incurred  by such
indemnified  party in connection  with the defense thereof other than reasonable
costs of investigation.

                  8. Adjustments.  In addition to the provisions of SECTION 1(a)
of this Option, the Exercise Price in effect at any time and the number and kind
of securities  purchasable  upon the exercise of the Options shall be subject to
adjustment from time to time upon the happening of certain events as follows:

                  (a) In case the Company shall (i) declare a dividend or make a
distribution  on its  outstanding  shares  of Class A Common  Stock in shares of
Class A Common Stock,  (ii)  subdivide or reclassify its  outstanding  shares of
Class A Common  Stock  into a greater  number of  shares,  or (iii)  combine  or
reclassify its outstanding  shares of Class A Common Stock into a smaller number
of shares,  the Exercise Price in effect at the time of the record date for such
dividend  or  distribution  or  of  the  effective  date  of  such  subdivision,
combination  or  reclassification  shall be  adjusted so that it shall equal the
price  determined  by  multiplying  the  Exercise  Price  by  a  fraction,   the
denominator  of which  shall be the  number of  shares  of Class A Common  Stock
outstanding after giving effect to such action, and the numerator of which shall
be the number of shares of Class A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to
such  action.  Such  adjustment  shall be made  successively  whenever any event
listed above shall occur.

                  (b) Whenever the Exercise  Price payable upon exercise of each
Option is adjusted pursuant to SUBSECTION (a) above, (i) the number of shares of
Class A Common Stock included in an Option Unit shall simultaneously be adjusted
by  multiplying  the number of shares of Class A Common Stock included in Option
Unit  immediately  prior to such  adjustment  by the  Exercise  Price in  effect
immediately prior to such adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the
Exercise  Price,  as  adjusted  and (ii) the  number of shares of Class A Common
Stock or other securities issuable upon exercise of the Warrants included in the
Option  Units and the  exercise  price of such  Warrants  shall be  adjusted  in
accordance with the applicable terms of the Warrant Agreement.

                  (c) No  adjustment  in the  Exercise  Price  shall be required
unless such  adjustment  would  require an increase or decrease of at least five
cents ($0.05) in such price;  provided,  however,  that any adjustments which by
reason of this  SUBSECTION  (c) are not  required  to be made  shall be  carried
forward and taken into account in any subsequent  adjustment required to be made
hereunder.  All  calculations  under this SECTION 8 shall be made to the nearest
cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. Anything in
this SECTION 8 to the contrary  notwithstanding,  the Company shall be entitled,
but shall not be  required,  to make such  changes  in the  Exercise  Price,  in
addition to those required by this SECTION 8, as it shall determine, in its sole
discretion, to be advisable in order that any dividend or distribution in shares
of Class A Common


                                       8
<PAGE>

Stock,  or any  subdivision,  reclassification  or combination of Class A Common
Stock,  hereafter made by the Company shall not result in any federal income tax
liability to the holders of Class A Common Stock or securities  convertible into
Class A Common Stock (including Warrants issuable upon exercise of this Option).

                  (d)  Whenever  the  Exercise  Price  is  adjusted,  as  herein
provided, the Company shall promptly but no later than 10 days after any request
for such an adjustment by the Holder,  cause a notice setting forth the adjusted
Exercise  Price and adjusted  number of Option Units  issuable  upon exercise of
each Option and, if requested,  information  describing the transactions  giving
rise to such adjustments,  to be mailed to the Holders, at the address set forth
herein,  and shall cause a certified  copy  thereof to be mailed to its transfer
agent,  if any. The Company may retain a firm of  independent  certified  public
accountants  selected by the board of  directors  of the Company (who may be the
regular accountants employed by the Company) to make any computation required by
this  SECTION  8, and a  certificate  signed  by such firm  shall be  conclusive
evidence of the correctness of such adjustment.

                  (e)  In  the  event  that  at  any  time,  as a  result  of an
adjustment  made  pursuant to  SUBSECTION  (A) above,  the Holder of this Option
thereafter  shall become  entitled to receive any shares of the  Company,  other
than  Class A Common  Stock,  thereafter  the  number  of such  other  shares so
receivable upon exercise of this Option shall be subject to adjustment from time
to time in a manner  and on terms as nearly  equivalent  as  practicable  to the
provisions with respect to the Class A Common Stock contained in SUBSECTIONS (a)
THROUGH (d), inclusive above.

                  (f) In case  any  event  shall  occur as to  which  the  other
provisions of this SECTION 8 OR SECTION 1(A) hereof are not strictly  applicable
but as to which the failure to make any adjustment  would not fairly protect the
purchase  rights  represented  by this Option in  accordance  with the essential
intent and  principles  hereof then,  in each such case,  the Holders of Options
representing  the right to purchase a majority of the Option Units may appoint a
firm of independent  public  accountants  reasonably  acceptable to the Company,
which  shall  give  their  opinion  as to the  adjustment,  if  any,  on a basis
consistent  with  the  essential  intent  and  principles   established  herein,
necessary to preserve  the  purchase  rights  represented  by the Options.  Upon
receipt of such  opinion,  the Company will  promptly mail a copy thereof to the
Holder of this Option and shall make the adjustments described therein. The fees
and  expenses  of such  independent  public  accountants  shall  be borne by the
Company.

                  9. Governing  Law. This Agreement  shall be governed by and in
accordance with the laws of the State of New York,  without giving effect to the
principles of conflicts of law thereof.


                                       9
<PAGE>

                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Company has caused this Option to be
signed by its duly authorized officers under its corporate seal, and this Option
to be dated [__], 1997.

                                  HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS, INC.

                                  By:  _____________________________________
                                       Neal J. Polan
                                       Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Corporate Seal)
Attest:

_________________________________


                                       10
<PAGE>

                                  PURCHASE FORM

                 (To be signed only upon exercise of the Option)

                  THE UNDERSIGNED,  the holder of the foregoing  Option,  hereby
irrevocably  elects to exercise the purchase  rights  represented by such Option
for, and to purchase thereunder,  _______ Units of HEALTHCORE MEDICAL SOLUTIONS,
INC. (the "COMPANY"), each Unit consisting of one share of Class A Common Stock,
$.01 par value,  of the Company  (the "CLASS A COMMON  STOCK"),  and one Class A
Warrant to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock and herewith makes payment
of $_________.

Dated:   _________, 19__.


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Print Name


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Address


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature


                                       11
<PAGE>

                               NOTICE OF EXCHANGE

                 (To be signed only upon exchange of the Option)

                  THE  UNDERSIGNED,  pursuant to the provisions of the foregoing
Option,  hereby elects to exchange such Option for _________ Units of HEALTHCORE
MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC. (the "COMPANY"),  each Unit consisting of one share of
Class A Common  Stock,  $.01 par  value,  of the  Company  (the  "CLASS A COMMON
STOCK"),  and one Class A Warrant to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock,
pursuant to the Option Exchange provisions of such Option.

Dated:   _____________, 19__.



                                          ______________________________________
                                          Print Name


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Address


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature


                                       12
<PAGE>

                                  TRANSFER FORM

                 (To be signed only upon transfer of the Option)

                  THE UNDERSIGNED, hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto the
right to purchase Units of HEALTHCORE  MEDICAL  SOLUTIONS,  INC. (the "COMPANY")
represented  by the  foregoing  Option  to the  extent of ___  Units,  each Unit
consisting of one share of Class A Common Stock,  $.01 par value, of the Company
(the "CLASS A COMMON  STOCK"),  and are Class A Warrant to purchase one share of
Class A Common Stock and  appoints  ___ attorney to transfer  such rights on the
books of the Company with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:  _______________, 19__.


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Print Name


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Address


                                          ______________________________________
                                          Signature


                                       13



                               September 16, 1997

HealthCore Medical Solutions, Inc.
11904 Blue Ridge Boulevard
Grandview, Missouri 64030

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We have acted as counsel for HealthCore Medical Solutions, Inc., a Delaware
corporation (the "Company"), in connection with its registration statement on
Form SB-2 (File No. 333-28233) (the "Registration Statement") filed under the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), relating to the public offering
of up to 2,024,000 Units, each unit consisting of one share of the Company's
Class A common stock, $.01 par value and one redeemable Class A warrant (the
"Units"), which includes 264,000 additional Units subject to an option granted
to the underwriters to cover over-allotments in connection with the offering.

     We have examined the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and
By-Laws of the Company, the minutes of the various meetings and consents of the
Board of Directors of the Company, originals or copies of all such records and
certificates, and such other documents and records as we have deemed necessary
to form the basis of the opinion expressed below. In such examination, we have
assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents
submitted to us as originals and the conformity to originals of all documents
submitted to us as copies thereof. As to various questions of fact material to
such opinion, we have relied upon statements and certificates of officers and
representatives of the Company and others.

     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the maximum of
2,024,000 Units have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold in
accordance with the terms described in the Prospectus forming a part of the
Registration Statement (the "Prospectus"), will be validly issued, fully paid
and nonassessable.

<PAGE>

HealthCore Medical Solutions, Inc.
September 16, 1997
Page 2


     We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the
Registration Statement, and to the use of our name under the caption "Legal
Matters" in the Prospectus.

                                            Very truly yours,


                                            BACHNER, TALLY, POLEVOY & MISHER LLP


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   9-mos
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 OCT-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   JUN-30-1997
<CASH>                                             668,203
<SECURITIES>                                             0
<RECEIVABLES>                                            0
<ALLOWANCES>                                             0
<INVENTORY>                                              0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                   682,678
<PP&E>                                             241,798
<DEPRECIATION>                                      51,618
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   1,124,046
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            2,546,841
<BONDS>                                                  0
                                    0
                                              0
<COMMON>                                            12,000
<OTHER-SE>                                      (1,535,454)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     1,124,046
<SALES>                                                  0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                         0
<CGS>                                                    0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                            0
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 1,670,120
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                 514,598
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 (2,148,718)
<INCOME-TAX>                                             0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                      0
<DISCONTINUED>                                           0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                          0
<CHANGES>                                       (2,148,718)
<NET-INCOME>                                             0
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        (5.57)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                            0
                                           


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission